Micom P139technical Manual 2

MiCOM P139
Feeder Management and Bay Control
P139/EN M/Ana
Version P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614

P139 -308 -414/415/416 -630
P139 -308 -414/415/416 -615
P139 -308 -414/415/416 -616
P139 -309 -414/415/416 -631
P139 -308 -414/415/416 -617
P139 -309 -414/415/416 -632
P139 -308 -414/415/416 -618
P139 -309 -414/415/416 -633
Technical Manual
Content P139/EN M/Ea8 (-614)

P139/EN AD/Bk9 (-630)
P139/EN AD/Ab9 (-615)
P139/EN AD/Ac9 (-616)
P139/EN AD/Bka (-631)
P139/EN AD/Ad9 (-617)
P139/EN AD/Ama (-632)
P139/EN AD/Ae9 (-618)
P139/EN AD/Ana (-633)
Volume 2 of 2
MiCOM P139
P139/EN M/Ea8
(AFSV.12.10172 D)
Version P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614
Technical Manual
Volume 2 of 2
Appendix
A Glossary
B Signal List
C List of Bay Types
D Overview of Changes
Terminal Connection Diagrams: See Volume 1, Chapter 5 “Installation and Connection”.
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 AN-1

Appendix
(continued)
A Glossary A-1
A1 Function Groups A-1
A2 Modules A-2
A3 Symbols A-3
A4 Examples of Signal Names A-10
A5 Symbols used A-11
B List of Signals B-1

B1 Internal Signal Names B-1
B2 Telecontrol Interface per EN 60870-5-101 or B-6
IEC 870-5-101 (Companion Standard)
B 2.1 Interoperability B-6
B 2.1.1 Network Configuration (Network-Specific Parameters) B-6
B 2.1.2 Physical Layer (Network-Specific Parameters) B-7
B 2.1.3 Link Layer (Network-Specific Parameters) B-8
B 2.1.4 Application Layer B-19
B 2.1.5 Basic Application Functions B-15
B3 Communication Interface per IEC 60870-5-103 B-18
B 3.1 Interoperability B-18
B 3.1.1 Physical Layer B-18
B 3.1.1.1 Electrical Interface B-18
B 3.1.1.2 Optical Interface B-18
B 3.1.1.3 Transmission Rate B-18
B 3.1.2 Link Layer B-19
B 3.1.3 Application Layer B-19
B 3.1.3.1 Transmission Mode for Application Data B-19
B 3.1.3.2 Common Address of ASDU B-19
B 3.1.3.3 Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Monitor B-19
Direction
B 3.1.3.3.1 System Functions in Monitor Direction B-19
B 3.1.3.3.2 Status Indications in Monitor Direction B-20
B 3.1.3.3.3 Monitoring Signals (Supervision Indications) in Monitor B-21
Direction
B 3.1.3.3.4 Earth Fault Indications in Monitor Direction B-22
B 3.1.3.3.5 Fault Indications in Monitor Direction B-23
B 3.1.3.3.6 Auto-Reclosure Indications in Monitor Direction B-25
B 3.1.3.3.7 Measurands in Monitor Direction B-25
B 3.1.3.3.8 Generic Functions in Monitor Direction B-26
B 3.1.3.4 Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Control B-27
Direction
B 3.1.3.4.1 System Functions in Control Direction B-27
B 3.1.3.4.2 General Commands in Control Direction B-27
B 3.1.3.4.3 Generic Functions in Control Direction B-28
B 3.1.3.5 Basic Application Functions B-29
B 3.1.3.6 Miscellaneous B-29
C List of Bay Types C-1

D Overview of Changes D-1
AN-2 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Appendix A - Glossary
A1 Function Groups
ARC: Auto-reclosing control
ASC: Automatic synchronism check
CBF: Circuit breaker failure protection
CBM: Circuit Breaker Monitoring
CMD_1: Single-pole commands
COMM1: Communication interface 1
COUNT: Binary counts
DEV01: to DEV10: External device 01 to External device 10
DTOC: Definite-time overcurrent protection
DVICE: Device
f<>: Over-/underfrequency protection
FT_DA: Fault data acquisition
FT_RC: Fault recording
GF_DA: Ground fault data acquisition
GF_RC: Ground fault recording
GFDSS: Ground fault direction determination using
steady-state values
GOOSE: Generic Object Oriented Substation Event
GSSE: IEC Generic Substation Status Events
I2>: Unbalance protection
IDMT1:, IDMT2: Inverse-time overcurrent protection
IEC: IEC 61850 Communication
ILOCK: Interlocking logic
INP: Binary input
IRIGB: IRIG-B interface
LED: LED indicators
LIMIT: Limit value monitoring
LOC: Local control panel
LOGIC: Logic
MAIN: Main function
MCMON: Measuring-circuit monitoring
MEASI: Measured data input
MEASO: Measured data output
MP: Motor protection
MT_RC: Monitoring signal recording
OL_DA: Overload data acquisition
OL_RC: Overload recording
OP_RC: Operating data recording
OUTP: Binary outputs
P<>: Power directional protection
PC: PC link
PSIG: Protective signaling
PSS: Parameter subset selection
SCDD: Short-circuit direction determination
SFMON: Self-monitoring
SIG_1: Single-pole signals
SOTF: Switch on to fault protection
TGFD: Transient ground fault direction determination
THERM: Thermal overload protection
V<>: Time-voltage protection
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 A-1

(continued)
A2 Modules
A: Communication module
B: Bus module
L: Local control module
P: Processor module
T: Transformer module
V: Power supply module
X: Binary I/O module
Y: Analog I/O module
A-2 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
A3 Symbols
Graphic symbols for block diagrams
Binary elements according to DIN 40900 Part 12, September 1992,
IEC 617-12: amended 1991
Analog information processing according to DIN 40900 Part 13, January 1981
To document the linking of analog and binary signals, additional symbols have been
used, taken from several DIN documents.
As a rule, direction of the signal flow is from left to right and from top to bottom. Other
flow directions are marked by an arrow. Input signals are listed on the left side of the
signal flow, output signals on the right side.
Symbol Description
To obtain more space for representing a group of

related elements, contours of the elements may be
joined or cascaded if the following rules are met:
There is no functional linkage between elements whose

= common contour line is oriented in the signal flow
direction.
Note:
This rule does not necessarily apply to configurations
with two or more signal flow directions, such as for
symbols with a control block and an output block.
There exists at least one logical link between elements

whose common contour line runs perpendicularly to the
signal flow direction.
Components of a symbol
A symbol consists of a contour or contour combination
and one or more qualifiers.
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 A-3

(continued)
Symbol Description
Control block
A control block contains an input function common to
several symbols. It is used for the collective setting of
several trigger elements, for example.
Output block
An output block contains an output function common
to several symbols.
Settable control block

MAIN: Inom Device The 6 digits in square brackets represent the address
[ 010 003 ] under which the function shown in the text is
D5Z08X5B implemented.
Settable control block with function blocks

MAIN: Inom Device The digits in the function block show the settings that
[ 010 003 ]
are possible for this function.
1.0 The text below the symbol assigns the corresponding
5.0
unit or meaning to each setting.
1.0: 1.0 A
5.0: 5.0 A
D5Z08X6B
A-4 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Symbol Description
Static input
Only the state of the binary input variable is effective.
Dynamic input
Only the transition from value 0 to value 1 is effective.
Negation of an output
The value up to the border line is negated at the
output.
Negation of an input
The input value is negated before the border line.
Dynamic input with negation

Only the transition from value 1 to value 0 is effective.
AND element
The output variable will be 1 only if all input variables
are 1.
OR element
The output variable will be 1 only if at least one input
variable is 1.
Threshold element
The output variable will be 1 only if at least two input
variables are 1. The number in the symbol may be
replaced by any other number.
(m out of n) element
The output variable will be 1 only if just one input
variable is 1.
The number in the symbol may be replaced by any

other number if the number of inputs is increased or
decreased accordingly.
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 A-5

(continued)
Symbol Description
Delay element
The transition from value 0 to 1 at the output occurs
after a time delay of t1 relative to the corresponding
transition at the input.
The transition from value 1 to 0 at the output occurs
after a time delay of t2 relative to the corresponding
transition at the input.
t1 and t2 may be replaced by the actual delay values

(in seconds or strobe ticks).
Monostable flip-flop
The output variable will be 1 only if the input variable
changes to 1. The output variable will remain 1 for
100 ms, independent of the duration of the input
value 1 (non-retriggerable).
Without a 1 in the function block the monostable flip-

flop is retriggerable.
The time is 100 ms in this example, but it may be

changed to any other duration.
Analog-digital converter
An analog input signal is converted to a binary
signal.
Subtractor
The output variable is the difference between the two
input variables.
A summing element is obtained by changing the
minus sign to a plus sign at the symbol input.
Schmitt Trigger with binary output signal

The binary output variable will be 1 if the input signal
exceeds a specific threshold. The output variable
remains 1 until the input signal drops below the
threshold again.
Memory, general
Storage of a binary or analog signal.
A-6 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Symbol Description
Non-stable flip-flop
When the input variable changes to 1, a pulse
sequence is generated at the output.
The ! to the left of the G indicates that the pulse

sequence starts with the input variable transition
(synchronized start).
If there is a ! to the right of the G, the pulse sequence
ends with the ending of the 1 signal at the input
(synchronized stop).
Amplifier
The output variable is 1 only if the input variable is
also 1.
Band pass filter

The output only transmits the 50 Hz component of the
input signals. All other frequencies (above and below
50 Hz) are attenuated.
Counter
At the + input the input variable transitions from 0 to 1
are counted and stored in the function block.
At the R(eset) input a transition of the input variable
from 0 to 1 resets the counter to 0.
Electromechanical drive
in general, here a relay, for example.
Signal level converter

with electrical isolation between input and output.
L+ = pos. voltage input
L- = neg. voltage input
U1 = device identifier
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 A-7

(continued)
Symbol Description
Input transformer
with phase and item identifiers
(according to DIN EN 60445)
Phase identifiers for current inputs:

for A: A1 and A2
for B: B1 and B2
for C: C1 and C2
for N: N1 and N2
Phase identifiers for voltage inputs

via transformer 1:
for A: 1U
for B: 1V
for C: 1W
for N: 1N
via transformer 2:
for A: 2U
for B: 2V
Item identifiers for current transformers:

for A: T1
for B: T2
for C: T3
for N: T4
for voltage transformer 1:
for A: T5
for B: T6
for C: T7
for N: T8
for VG-N transformer: T90
for voltage transformer 2:
for A: T15
Change-over contact
with item identifier
Special symbol
Output relay in normally-energized arrangement
(‘closed-circuit operation’).
A-8 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Symbol Description
PC interface
with pin connections
Multiplier
The output variable is the result of the multiplication
of the two input variables.
Divider
The output variable is the result of the division of
the two input variables.
Comparator
The output variable becomes 1 only if the input
variable(s) are equal to the function in the function
block.
Formula block
The output variable becomes 1 only if the input
variable(s) satisfy the equation in the function block
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 A-9

(continued)
A4 Examples of Signal Names

All settings and signals relevant for protection are shown in the block diagrams of
Chapter 3 as follows:
Signal Name Description
FT_RC: Fault recording n Internal signal names are not coded by a data model
305 100
address. In the block diagrams they are marked with
a diamond. The small figure underneath the signal
name represents a code that is irrelevant to the user.
The internal signal names used and their origins are
listed in Appendix B.
DIST: VNG>> triggered Signal names coded by a data model address are
[ 036 015 ] represented by their address (shown in square
brackets). Their origin is given in Chapters 7 and 8.
MAIN: General reset A specific setting to be used later on is shown with its
[ 003 002 ] signal name, address, and the setting preceded by
©1: Execute the setting arrow.
A-10 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
A5 Symbols Used
Symbol Meaning
t Time duration
V Voltage, potential difference
V Complex voltage
I Electrical current
I Complex current
Z Complex impedance
Z Modulus of complex impedance
f Frequency
δ Temperature in °C
Σ Sum, result
Ω Unit of electrical resistance
α Angle
ϕ Phase angle. With subscripts: specific angle between a

defined current and a defined voltage.
τ Time constant
∆T Temperature difference in K
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 A-11

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 A-12
Appendix B - List of signals
B 1 Internal Signal Names
Internal signal names are not coded by an external address.

In the block diagrams they are marked with a diamond.
Internal Signal Names Figure

ARC: Block/reset HSR 3-168
ARC: Block/reset TDR 3-168
ARC: Close request 3-170
ARC: HSR not permitted 3-170
ARC: HSR trip t. elapsed 3-162, 3-164, 3-165 3-166, 3-167
ARC: Starting GFDSS 3-165
ARC: TDR not permitted 3-170
ARC: TDR trip t. elapsed 3-163, 3-164, 3-165, 3-166, 3-167
ASC: AC active for DEV01 3-185
ASC: Active 3-178
ASC: Clos.rej. w. block 3-178
ASC: Close enable DEV01 AC 3-185
ASC: Close enable w. block 3-178
ASC: Gen. close request 3-179
ASC: Manual close request 3-179
ASC: Sel. meas. loop PG 3-176
ASC: Test 3-179
ASC: VMeas 3-176
CBM: Internal trip cmd. 3-267
COMM1: Communication error 3-11, 3-12, 3-13, 3-14, 3-15, 3-16
COMM1: Debounced signal 3-43
COMM1: Selected protocol 3-10
DEV01: Close cmd. rejection 3-298
DEV01: Close request 3-297
DEV01: Enable BI Close 3-299
DEV01: Enable BI Open 3-299
DEV01: Enable SI Close 3-298
DEV01: Enable SI Open 3-298
DEV01: End close command 3-302
DEV01: End open command 3-302
DEV01: Latching time elaps. 3-297
DEV01: Latching time runn. 3-297
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-1

(continued)

DEV01: Open cmd. rejection 3-298
DEV01: Open request 3-297
DEV01: Protect. close cmd. 3-300
DEV01: Protection trip cmd. 3-300
DEV01: Start runn.time mon. 3-305
DEV01: Switch. device runn. 3-302
DTOC: IN 3-122
DTOC: Pulse prolong. runn. 3-125
DTOC: Starting A 3-118
DTOC: Starting B 3-118
DTOC: Starting C 3-118
DTOC: Starting N 3-123
DTOC: t2 N 3-125
f<>: fMeas 3-238
f<>: No. periods reached 3-238
f<>: VMeas 3-237
FT_DA: IA-kG 3-109
FT_DA: IB-kG 3-109
FT_DA: IC-kG 3-109
FT_DA: IkG 3-109
FT_DA: Output fault locat. 3-108
FT_DA: Output meas. values 3-108
GFDSS: Direction BS 3-190, 3-196
GFDSS: Direction LS 3-190, 3-196
GFDSS: IN filtered 3-194
GFDSS: IN> triggered 3-194
GFDSS: Op. delay IN elapsed 3-194
GFDSS: Oper.delay Y(N)> elaps 3-200
GFDSS: P 3-190, 3-196
GFDSS: Q 3-190, 3-196
GFDSS: VNG 3-189
GFDSS: VNG filtered 3-190, 3-196
GFDSS: VNG> triggered 3-190
B-2 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)

IDMT: IN 3-137
IDMT: Starting A 3-133
IDMT: Starting B 3-133
IDMT: Starting C 3-133
IDMT1: ARC Starting Iref,N> 3-139
IDMT1: ARC Starting Iref,P> 3-134
LOC: Remote & Local 3-8
LOC: Return time select act. 3-2
MAIN: Block start. signal 3-73
MAIN: Block tim.st. IN,neg 3-73
MAIN: Block. 1 sel.functions 3-66
MAIN: Block. 2 sel.functions 3-66
MAIN: Customized bay type 3-46
MAIN: Direct motor control 3-46
MAIN: End command 3-305
MAIN: General starting int. 3-74
MAIN: Imeas 3-110
MAIN: Inrush stabil. trigg 3-64
MAIN: Internal CB open EXT 3-268
MAIN: Protection active 3-61
MAIN: Reset LED 3-85
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop A-B 3-110
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop A-G 3-110
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop B-C 3-110
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop B-G 3-110
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop C-A 3-110
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop C-G 3-110
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop PG 3-110
MAIN: Sel. meas. loop PP 3-110
MAIN: Start. I>,kIref,P> 3-74
MAIN: Starting A int. 3-73
MAIN: Starting B int. 3-73
MAIN: Starting C int. 3-73
MAIN: Starting Ineg 3-73
MAIN: Starting N int. 3-73
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-3

(continued)

MAIN: Time tag 3-84
MAIN: Vmeas 3-110
MEASO: Enable 3-36
MEASO: Reset meas.val.outp. 3-37
MP: Block. replica THERM 3-215
MP: IP,max r.m.s./Iref 3-210
MP: IStUp> 3-215
MP: Machine stopped 3-215
MP: St. kP*Iref>/Istup> 3-210
P<>: P 3-242
P<>: P- 3-242
P<>: P+ 3-242
P<>: Q 3-242
P<>: Q- 3-242
P<>: Q+ 3-242
SCDD: VNG 3-148a
SCDD: Block. direct. tI> 3-146
SCDD: Block. direct. tI>> 3-146
SCDD: Block. direct. tIN> 3-150
SCDD: Block. direct. tIN>> 3-150
SCDD: Block. direct. tIref,N> 3-150
SCDD: Block. direct. tIref,P> 3-146
SCDD: Determin. N enabled 3-148a
SCDD: Determin. P enabled 3-144
SCDD: Phase curr.stage bl. 3-144
SCDD: Resid. curr.stage bl. 3-148a
SOTF: ARC block. by close cm 3-152
TGFD: Direction BS 3--204
TGFD: Direction LS 3--204
TGFD: Hardware fault 3-202
TGFD: IN,p> triggered 3--204
TGFD: Reset signal 3-206
TGFD: VNG 3--203
TGFD: VNG> (f0) triggered 3--204
TGFD: VNG> triggered 3--204
B-4 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)

THERM: Block. by CTA error 3-221
THERM: I 3-223
THERM: With CTA 3-221
V<>: Vneg 3-231
V<>: VNG 3-234
V<>: Vpos 3-231
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-5

(continued)
B2 Telecontrol Interface per EN 60870-5-101 or IEC 870-5-101 (Companion Standard)
This section incorporates Section 8 of EN 60870-5-101 (1996), which includes a general definition of the telecontrol
interface for substation control systems.
B 2.1 Interoperability
This application-based standard (companion standard) specifies parameter sets and other options from which subsets
are to be selected in order to implement specific telecontrol systems. Certain parameters such as the number of bytes
(octets) in the COMMON ADDRESS of the ASDU are mutually exclusive. This means that only one value of the
defined parameter is allowed per system. Other parameters, such as the listed set of different process information in
the command and monitor direction, permit definition of the total number or of subsets that are suitable for the given
application. This section combines the parameters given in the previous sections in order to facilitate an appropriate
selection for a specific application. If a system is made up of several system components supplied by different
manufacturers, then it is necessary for all partners to agree on the selected parameters.
The boxes for the selected parameters should be checked. 1
Note: The overall definition of a system may also require individual selection of certain parameters for specific
parts of a system such as individual selection of scaling factors for individually addressable measured
values.
B 2.1.1 Network Configuration (Network-Specific Parameters)
x Point-to-point configuration x Multipoint-party line configuration
x Multiple point-to-point configuration Multipoint-star configuration
1
See National Preface of EN 60870-5-101.
B-6 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
B 2.1.2 Physical Layer 2 (Network-Specific Parameters)
Transmission Rate (Control Direction) 3
Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28 Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28 Balanced interface X.24/X.27

Standardized Recommended with > 1 200 bit/s
100 bit/s x 2,400 bit/s 2,400 bit/s 56,000 bit/s
300 bit/s x 9,600 bit/s 9,600 bit/s
x 600 bit/s 19,200 bit/s
x 1,200 bit/s 38,400 bit/s
Transmission Rate (Monitor Direction) 2
Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28 Unbalanced interface V.24/V.28 Balanced interface X.24/X.27

Standardized Recommended with > 1 200 bit/s
300 bit/s x 9,600 bit/s 9,600 bit/s
x 600 bit/s 19,200 bit/s
x 1,200 bit/s 38 400 bit/s
2
3
The transmission rates for control direction and monitor direction must be identical.
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-7
(continued)
B 2.1.3 Link Layer 4(Network-Specific Parameters)
Frame format FT 1.2, single character 1, and the fixed time-out interval are used exclusively in this companion
standard.
Link Transmission Procedure Address Field of the Link
x Balanced transmission x Not present

(balanced transmission only)
x Unbalanced transmission x One octet
x Two octets 5
Frame Length x Structured
240 Maximum length L (number of octets) x Unstructured
4
5
Balanced only.
B-8 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
(continued)
B 2.1.4 Application Layer6
Transmission mode for application data
Mode 1 (least significant octet first), as defined in clause 4.10 of IEC 870-5-4, is used exclusively in this companion
standard.
Common Address of ASDU (System-Specific Parameter)
x One octet x Two octets 1
Information Object Address (System-Specific Parameter)
x One octet x Structured
x Two octets x Unstructured
x Three octets
Cause of Transmission (System-Specific Parameter)
x One octet x Two octets (with originator address)
6
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-9
(continued)
Selection of Standard ASDUs
Process Information in Monitor Direction (Station-Specific Parameter)
x <1> = Single-point information M_SP_NA_1
x <2> = Single-point information with time tag M_SP_TA_1
x <3> = Double-point information M_DP_NA_1
x <4> = Double-point information with time tag M_DP_TA_1
x <5> = Step position information M_ST_NA_1
x <6> = Step position information with time tag M_ST_TA_1
x <7> = Bit string of 32 bit M_BO_NA_1
x <8> = Bit string of 32 bit with time tag M_BO_TA_1
x <9> = Measured value, normalized value M_ME_NA_1
x <10> = Measured value, normalized value with time tag M_ME_TA_1
x <11> = Measured value, scaled value M_ME_NB_1
x <12> = Measured value, scaled value with time tag M_ME_TB_1
<13> = Measured value, short floating point value M_ME_NC_1
<14> = Measured value, short floating point value with time tag M_ME_TC_1
x <15> = Integrated totals M_IT_NA_1
x <16> = Integrated totals with time tag M_IT_TA_1
B-10 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
x <17> = Event of protection equipment with time tag M_EP_TA_1
x <18> = Packed start events of protection equipment with time tag ME_EP_TB_1
x <19> = Packed output circuit information of protection equipment with time tag M_EP_TC_1
<20> = Packed single-point information with status change detection M_PS_NA_1
<21> = Measured value, normalized value without quality descriptor M_ME_ND_1
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-11

(continued)
Process Information in Monitor Direction 7 (Station-Specific Parameter)
x <45> = Single command C_SC_NA_1
x <46> = Double command C_DC_NA_1
x <47> = Regulating step command C_IT_NA_1
<48> = Set point command, normalized value C_RC_NA_1
<49> = Set point command, scaled value C_SE_NB_1
<50> = Set point command, short floating point value C_SE_NC_1
<51> = Bit string of 32 bit C_BO_NA_1
System Information in Monitor Direction (Station-Specific Parameter)
x <70> = End of initialization ME_EI_NA_1
7
Incorrectly identified with control direction in IEC 870-5-101.
B-12 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614
(continued)
System Information in Control Direction (Station-Specific Parameter)
x <100> = Interrogation command C_IC_NA_1
x <101> = Counter interrogation command C_CI_NA_1
x <102> = Read command C_RD_NA_1
x <103> = Clock synchronization command 8 C_CS_NA_1
x <104> = Test command C_TS_NB_1
<105> = Reset process command C_RP_NC_1
<106> = Delay acquisition command 9 C_CD_NA_1
8
The command procedure is formally processed, but there is no change in the local time in the station.
9
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-13
(continued)
Parameter in Control Direction (Station-Specific Parameter)
x <110> = Parameter of measured value, normalized value P_ME_NA_1
x <111> = Parameter of measured value, scaled value P_ME_NB_1
<112> = Parameter of measured value, short floating point value P_ME_NC_1
<113> = Parameter activation P_AC_NA_1
File Transfer (Station-Specific Parameter)
<120> = File ready F_FR_NA_1
<121> = Section ready F_SR_NA_1
<122> = Call directory, select file, call file, call section F_SC_NA_1
<123> = Last section, last segment F_LS_NA_1
<124> = Ack file, ack section F_AF_NA_1
<125> = Segment F_SG_NA_1
<126> = Directory F_DR_TA_1
B-14 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
B 2.1.5 Basic Application Functions10
Station Initialization (Station-Specific Parameter)
x Remote initialization
General Interrogation (System- or Station-Specific Parameter)
x Global
x Group 1 x Group 7 x Group 13
x Group 5 x Group 11
x Group 6 x Group 12 Addresses per group have to be defined.
Clock Synchronization (Station-Specific Parameter)
x Clock synchronization
10
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-15
(continued)
Command Transmission (Object-Specific Parameter)
x Direct command transmission Select and execute command
Direct set point command transmission Select and execute set point command
C_SE ACTTERM used
x No additional definition
Short pulse duration

(Execution duration determined by a system parameter in the outstation)
Long pulse duration

(Execution duration determined by a system parameter in the outstation)
Persistent output
Transmission of Integrated Totals (Station- or Object-Specific Parameter)
Counter request x General request counter
x Counter freeze without reset x Request counter group 1
Counter freeze with reset x Request counter group 2
Counter reset x Request counter group 3
Addresses per group have to be specified x Request counter group 4
B-16 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Parameter Loading (Object-Specific Parameter)
x Threshold value
Smoothing value
Low limit for transmission of measured value
High limit for transmission of measured value
Parameter Activation (Object-Specific Parameter)
Act/deact of persistent cyclic or periodic transmission of the addressed object
File Transfer (Station-Specific Parameter)
File transfer in monitor direction F_FR_NA_1
File transfer in control direction F_FR_NA_1
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-17

(continued)
B3 Communication Interface per IEC 60870-5-103
This section incorporates Section 8 of IEC 60870-5-103, including definitions applicable to the P139.
B 3.1 Interoperability
B 3.1.1 Physical Layer
B 3.1.1.1 Electrical Interface
x EIA RS 485
x No. of loads 32 for one device
Note: EIA RS 485 defines the loads in such a way that 32 of such loads can be operated on one line. For detailed
information see EIA RS 485, Section 3.
B 3.1.1.2 Optical Interface
x Glass fiber
x Plastic fiber
x F-SMA connector
BFOC/2.5 connector
B 3.1.1.3 Transmission Rate
x 9,600 bit/s
x 19,200 bit/s
B-18 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
B 3.1.2 Link Layer
There are no selection options for the link layer.
B 3.1.3 Application Layer
B 3.1.3.1 Transmission Mode for Application Data
Mode 1 (least significant octet first) as defined in clause 4.10 of IEC 60870-5-4 is used exclusively in this companion
standard.
B 3.1.3.2 Common Address of ASDU
x One COMMON ADDRESS of ASDU (identical to the station address)
More than one COMMON ADDRESS of ASDU
B 3.1.3.3 Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Monitor Direction
B 3.1.3.3.1 System Functions in Monitor Direction

INF Description
x <0> End of general interrogation
x <0> Time synchronization
x <2> Reset FCB
x <3> Reset CU
x <4> Start / restart
<5> Power on
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-19

(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.2 Status Indications in Monitor Direction

Schneider Electric Designations
INF Description Address Description
x <16> Auto-recloser active 015 064 ARC: Enabled
x <17> Teleprotection active 015 008 PSIG: Enabled
x <18> Protection active 003 030 MAIN: Device on-line
x <19> LED reset 021 010 MAIN: Reset indicat. USER
x <20> Blocking of monitor direction 037 075 COMM1: Sig./meas.val.block.
x <21> Test mode 037 071 MAIN: Test mode
<22> Local parameter setting
x <23> Characteristic 1 036 090 PSS: PS 1 active
x <27> Auxiliary input 1 034 000 LOGIC: Input 1 EXT
B-20 P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.3 Monitoring Signals (Supervision Indications) in Monitor Direction

x <32> Measurand supervision I 040 087 MCMON: Meas. circ. I faulty
x <33> Measurand supervision V 038 023 MCMON: Meas. circ. V faulty
x <35> Phase sequence supervision 038 049 MCMON: Phase sequ. V faulty
x <36>11 Trip circuit supervision 041 200 SFMON: Relay Kxx faulty
<37> I>> back-up operation
x <38> VT fuse failure 004 061 MAIN: M.c.b. trip V EXT
x <39> Teleprotection disturbed 036 060 PSIG: Telecom. faulty
x <46> Group warning 036 100 SFMON: Warning (relay)
x <47> Group alarm 004 065 MAIN: Blocked/Faulty
11
The message content is formed from the OR operation of the individual signals.
P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-21
(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.4 Earth Fault Indications in Monitor Direction

x <48> Earth fault L1 041 054 MAIN: Ground fault A
x <49> Earth fault L2 041 055 MAIN: Ground fault B
x <50> Earth fault L3 041 056 MAIN: Ground fault C
x <51> Earth fault forward, i.e. line 041 088 MAIN: Gnd. fault forw./LS
x <52> Earth fault reverse, i.e. busbar 041 089 MAIN: Gnd. fault backw./BS
B-22 P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.5 Fault Indications in Monitor Direction

x <64> Start /pick-up L1 040 005 MAIN: Starting A
x <65> Start /pick-up L3 040 006 MAIN: Starting B
x <66> Start /pick-up L3 040 007 MAIN: Starting C
x <67> Start /pick-up N 040 008 MAIN: Starting GF
x <68> General trip 036 071 MAIN: Gen. trip command 1
<69> Trip L1
<70> Trip L2
<71> Trip L3
<72> Trip I>> (back-up operation)
x <73> Fault location X in ohms 004 029 FT_DA: Fault react., prim.
x <74> Fault forward/line 036 018 SCDD: Fault P forward
x <75> Fault reverse/busbar 036 019 SCDD: Fault P backward
x <76> Teleprotection signal transmitted 036 035 PSIG: Send (signal)
x <77> Teleprotection signal received 037 029 PSIG: Receive (signal)
<78> Zone 1
<79> Zone 2
<80> Zone 3
<81> Zone 4
<82> Zone 5
<83> Zone 6
P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-23

(continued)

x <84> General starting 040 000 MAIN: General starting
x <85> Breaker failure 036 017 CBF: CB failure
<86> Trip measuring system L1
<89> Trip measuring system E
x <90> Trip I> 040 042 MAIN: TripSig. tI>/tIrefP>
x <91> Trip I>> 040 011 DTOC: Trip Signal tI>>
x <92> Trip IN> 040 043 MAIN: TripSig. tIN>/tIrefN>
x <93> Trip IN>> 040 028 DTOC: Trip Signal tIN>>
B-24 P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.6 Auto-Reclosure Indications in Monitor Direction

x <128> CB ‘on’ by AR 037 007 ARC: (Re)close signal HSR
x <129> CB ‘on’ by long-time AR 037 006 ARC: (Re)close signal TDR
x <130> AR blocked 037 008 ARC: Not ready
B 3.1.3.3.7 Measurands in Monitor Direction

x <144>12 Measurand I 006 041 MAIN: Current B p.u.
x <145>13 Measurands I, V 006 041 MAIN: Current B p.u.

005 045 MAIN: Voltage A-B p.u.
x <146>14 Measurands I, V, P, Q 006 041 MAIN: Current B p.u.

005 045 MAIN: Voltage A-B p.u.
004 051 MAIN: Active power P p.u.
004 053 MAIN: Reac. power Q p.u.
x <147>15 Measurands IN, VEN 005 011 MAIN: Current Σ(IP) p.u.
005 013 MAIN: Volt. Σ(VPG)/√3 p.u.
x <148>16 Measurands IA,B,C, VA,B,C, P, Q, f 005 041 MAIN: Current A p.u.

006 041 MAIN: Current B p.u.
007 041 MAIN: Current C p.u.
005 043 MAIN: Voltage A-G p.u.
006 043 MAIN: Voltage B-G p.u.
007 043 MAIN: Voltage C-G p.u.
004 051 MAIN: Active power P p.u.
004 053 MAIN: Reac. power Q p.u.
004 040 MAIN: Frequency f
12
only with setting COMM1: Transm.enab.cycl.dat to "ASDU 3.1 p. IEC"
13
14
15
16
only with setting COMM1: Transm.enab.cycl.dat to "ASDU 9 p. IEC"
P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-25
(continued)
B 3.1.3.3.8 Generic Functions in Monitor Direction

INF Description
<240> Read headings of all defined groups
<241> Read values or attributes of all entries of one group
<243> Read directory of a single entry
<244> Read value or attribute of a single entry
<245> General interrogation of generic data
<249> Write entry with confirmation
<250> Write entry with execution
<251> Write entry abort
B-26 P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
B 3.1.3.4 Selection of Standard Information Numbers in Control Direction
B 3.1.3.4.1 System Functions in Control Direction

INF Description
x <0> Initiation of general interrogation
x <0> Time synchronization
B 3.1.3.4.2 General Commands in Control Direction

x <16> Auto-recloser on/off 015 060 ARC: General enable USER
x <17> Teleprotection on/off 015 004 PSIG: General enable USER
x <18> Protection on/off 003 030 MAIN: Device on-line
x <19> LED reset 021 010 MAIN: Reset indicat. USER
x <23>17 Activate characteristic 1 003 060 PSS: Param.subs.sel. USER
17
Switches PSS: Param.subs.sel.USER to "Parameter set 1"
18
19
20
P139/EN M/Aa8-S // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-27
(continued)
B 3.1.3.4.3 Generic Functions in Control Direction

INF Description
<240> Read headings of all defined groups
<241> Read values or attributes of all entries of one group
<243> Read directory of a single entry
<244> Read value or attribute of a single entry
<245> General interrogation of generic data
<248> Write entry
<249> Write entry with confirmation
<250> Write entry with execution
<251> Write entry abort
B-28 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
B 3.1.3.5 Basic Application Functions
x Test mode
x Blocking of monitor direction
x Disturbance data
Generic services
x Private data
B 3.1.3.6 Miscellaneous
Measured values are transmitted both with ASDU 3 and ASDU 9. As defined in Sec. 7.2.6.8, the maximum MVAL can
be either 1.2 or 2.4 times the rated value. In ASDU 3 and ASDU 9, different ratings may not be used; in other words,
there is only one choice for each measurand.
Measured value Max. MVAL =

nom. value multiplied by
1,2 or 2,4
Current A x
Current B x
Current C x
Voltage A-G x
Voltage B-G x
Voltage C-G x
Enabled power P x
Reactive power Q x
Frequency f x
Voltage A-B x
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-29

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-30
Appendix C - List of Bay Types
Key
Sorting the Bay Types
The bay types are sorted by the criteria listed below. These criteria are encoded in the first three characters of the bay
type code (example: A11.100.R01) given in brackets after the Bay Type No. (example: 2). Sorting is first by "Type of
bay" in the order given below, then within each group by the second and third character in ascending order.
Type of bay
A - Feeder bays
L - Bus sectionalizer bay
Q - Bus coupler bay
K - Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay
M - Busbar measurement bay
E - Busbar grounding bay
X - Other bay type
Number of busbars
1 - Single busbar
2 - Double busbar
9 - Without busbar / other configurations
Equipment
1 - Bays with switch truck or withdrawable switchgear assembly
2 - Bays with two circuit breakers or switch disconnectors on switch trucks or withdrawable switchgear
assembly
3 - Bays with stationary switchgear units
5 - Bays with stationary switchgear units and three-position disconnector
9 - Other bay types
Bay Type No.: This number indicates the value to be set at M AIN : T yp e o f b a y
(folder "Para/Conf") in order to configure the unit for the selected bay type.
Special Designations for External Devices:

Mot.relay: Motor relay
Shunt wd. Shunt winding
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-1

(continued)
Table "Assignment of Binary Inputs and Output Relays"
Column "Switchgear unit" This column begins with the designation for the external device (switchgear unit). The
function group follows in brackets. The function group encompasses all setting options
for monitoring the switchgear unit and its signals. "Open" and "Close(d)" indicate the
signal message or control direction of the switchgear unit.
Column "Binary Input": The "Open" or "Closed" signal should be connected to the binary input U xxxx.
The connection points of the binary input U xxxx are shown in the terminal connection
diagrams.
Column "Output relay" The "Open" or "Close" control of the switchgear unit is effected via output relay K xxxx.
The connection points of the output relay K xxxx are shown in the terminal connection
diagrams.
Table "Bay Interlock Equations for Operation without Station Interlocking"
Note!
The interlock equations are stored at substation control level, not at unit level.
Symbols used in the Boolean interlock equations:

/: Negation
0: Switchgear unit "Open"
I: Switchgear unit "Closed"
X: Switchgear unit in intermediate position
FctBl1: Function block 1, configuration at M A I N : F c t . a s g . f c t . b l o c k .1 (Folder "Para/Func/Ctrl")
FctBl2: Function block 2, configuration at M A I N : F c t . a s g . f c t . b l o c k .2 (Folder "Para/Func/Ctrl")
C-2 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 2 (A11.100.R01)
Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar
Assignment of Binary Inputs and Output Relays
Switchgear unit Binary input Output relay

Q0 (DEV01) Open U A01 K A01
Close(d) U A02 K A02
X0 (DEV02) Open U A03 /
Close(d) U A04 /
Bay Interlock Equations for Operation without Station Interlocking
Switchgear unit Control O/C Interlock equation

Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Bay Interlock Equations for Operation with Station Interlocking

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-3

(continued)
Bay Type No. 3 (A11.100.R02)

X0 (DEV02) Open U A03 K A03

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
C-4 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 546 (A11.101.M03)
Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar,direct motor control

Mot.relay (SIG_1: Signal S012) U B06 /
Shunt wd. (CMD_1: Command C011) / K B05
Mot.relay (CMD_1: Command C012) / K B06

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-5

(continued)
Bay Type No. 4 (A11.101.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Q8 (DEV03) Open U A05 /
Close(d) U A06 /


C-6 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 5 (A11.101.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-7

(continued)
Bay Type No. 6 (A11.101.R03)


Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-8 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 523 (A11.108.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /

Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-9

(continued)
Bay Type No. 549 (A11.109.M03)

Q15 (DEV04) Open U B01 /
Close(d) U B02 /

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)
C-10 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 244 (A11.109.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Q15 (DEV07) Open U C01 /
Close(d) U C02 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-11

(continued)
Bay Type No. 544 (A11.109.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)
C-12 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 567 (A11.132.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B04 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-13

(continued)
Bay Type No. 521 (A11.134.R02.1)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
C-14 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 519 (A11.135.R02.1)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /

Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & /(Q1=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-15

(continued)
Bay Type No. 7 (A11.200.R01)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar

Close(d) U A04 /


C-16 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 8 (A11.200.R02)


X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-17

(continued)
Bay Type No. 9 (A11.201.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


C-18 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 10 (A11.201.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-19

(continued)
Bay Type No. 11 (A11.201.R03)


Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-20 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 12 (A11.400.R01)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar

Close(d) U A04 /
F (SIG_1: Signal S011) U B05 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-21

(continued)
Bay Type No. 13 (A11.400.R02)


X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
C-22 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 14 (A11.401.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-23

(continued)
Bay Type No. 15 (A11.401.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-24 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 16 (A11.401.R03)


Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-25

(continued)
Bay Type No. 17 (A11.900.R01)
Feeder bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar


Interlock equations not defined

C-26 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 504 (A11.901.R00)
Feeder bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-27

(continued)
Bay Type No. 541 (A13.104.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /

Q0 Close(d) /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q0 Close(d) /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-28 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 18 (A13.105.M03)


Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-29

(continued)
Bay Type No. 19 (A13.105.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


C-30 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 20 (A13.105.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-31

(continued)
Bay Type No. 21 (A13.105.R03)


Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
C-32 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 557 (A13.106.R03)


Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-33

(continued)
Bay Type No. 22 (A13.107.M04)

Q8 (DEV04) Open U B01 K B01
Close(d) U B02 K B02

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-34 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 23 (A13.107.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-35

(continued)
Bay Type No. 24 (A13.107.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-36 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 25 (A13.107.R04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-37

(continued)
Bay Type No. 508 (A13.111.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0) & (Q15=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
C-38 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 26 (A13.200.R01)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-39

(continued)
Bay Type No. 27 (A13.201.M02)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar,direct motor control


Q0 Close(d) (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
C-40 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 28 (A13.201.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-41

(continued)
Bay Type No. 29 (A13.201.R02)


Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
C-42 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 30 (A13.205.M03)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar,direct motor control


Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-43

(continued)
Bay Type No. 31 (A13.205.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


C-44 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 32 (A13.205.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-45

(continued)
Bay Type No. 33 (A13.205.R03)


Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
C-46 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 34 (A13.400.R01)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-47

(continued)
Bay Type No. 35 (A13.401.M02)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar,direct motor control


Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
C-48 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 36 (A13.401.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-49

(continued)
Bay Type No. 37 (A13.401.R02)


Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
C-50 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 38 (A13.405.M03)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar,direct motor control


Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-51

(continued)
Bay Type No. 39 (A13.405.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


C-52 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 40 (A13.405.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-53

(continued)
Bay Type No. 41 (A13.405.R03)


Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
C-54 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 503 (A13.432.R02)


Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-55

(continued)
Bay Type No. 507 (A13.433.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /

Q0 Close(d) (Q8=0) & (Q15=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0)
C-56 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 220 (A15.105.M02)

Close(d) U A06 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Close(d) /(Q1=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-57

(continued)
Bay Type No. 42 (A15.105.M03)


Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I)
C-58 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 43 (A15.105.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-59

(continued)
Bay Type No. 221 (A15.105.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
C-60 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 44 (A15.105.R03)


Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-61

(continued)
Bay Type No. 45 (A21.104.M04)
Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar,direct motor control

X0 (DEV04) Open U B01 K B01

Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
C-62 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 46 (A21.104.R01)
Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
X0 (DEV04) Open U B01 /
Close(d) U B02 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-63

(continued)
Bay Type No. 47 (A21.104.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

C-64 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 48 (A21.104.R04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-65

(continued)
Bay Type No. 49 (A21.105.M05)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
C-66 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 50 (A21.105.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-67

(continued)
Bay Type No. 51 (A21.105.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

C-68 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 52 (A21.105.R04)

Close(d) U B04 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-69

(continued)
Bay Type No. 53 (A21.105.R05)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
C-70 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 526 (A21.125.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /
Close(d) U C02 /

Q01 Close(d) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q25=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-71

(continued)
Bay Type No. 54 (A21.204.M04)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar,direct motor control


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
C-72 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 55 (A21.204.R01)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-73

(continued)
Bay Type No. 56 (A21.204.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

C-74 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 57 (A21.204.R04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-75

(continued)
Bay Type No. 58 (A21.205.M05)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
C-76 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 59 (A21.205.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-77

(continued)
Bay Type No. 60 (A21.205.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

C-78 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 61 (A21.205.R04)

Close(d) U B04 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-79

(continued)
Bay Type No. 62 (A21.205.R05)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
C-80 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 63 (A21.404.M04)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar,direct motor control


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-81

(continued)
Bay Type No. 64 (A21.404.R01)
Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-82 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 65 (A21.404.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-83

(continued)
Bay Type No. 66 (A21.404.R04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
C-84 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 67 (A21.405.M05)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-85

(continued)
Bay Type No. 68 (A21.405.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /


C-86 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 69 (A21.405.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-87

(continued)
Bay Type No. 70 (A21.405.R04)

Close(d) U B04 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
C-88 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 71 (A21.405.R05)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-89

(continued)
Bay Type No. 72 (A22.101.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q01 Close(d) (Q02=0) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q01 Close(d) /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
C-90 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 73 (A22.101.R04)

Close(d) U B04 /

X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-91

(continued)
Bay Type No. 74 (A22.101.R05)


Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
C-92 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 75 (A22.103.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /

Q01 Close(d) (Q02=0) & /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q01 Close(d) /(Q9=X) & /(X01=X) & /(X02=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-93

(continued)
Bay Type No. 76 (A22.103.R03)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B06 /

Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
C-94 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 77 (A22.103.R05)

Close(d) U B06 /

Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)

Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-95

(continued)
Bay Type No. 78 (A22.103.R06)


Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
C-96 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 79 (A22.201.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-97

(continued)
Bay Type No. 80 (A22.201.R04)

Close(d) U B04 /

X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
C-98 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 81 (A22.201.R05)


Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-99

(continued)
Bay Type No. 82 (A22.203.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /


C-100 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 83 (A22.203.R03)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B06 /

Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)

Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-101

(continued)
Bay Type No. 84 (A22.203.R05)

Close(d) U B06 /

Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)

Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
C-102 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 85 (A22.203.R06)


Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q01=0) & (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0) & (Q02=0) & (Q8=0)
X01 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
X02 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-103

(continued)
Bay Type No. 86 (A23.104.M03)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

C-104 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 87 (A23.104.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-105

(continued)
Bay Type No. 88 (A23.104.R03)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

C-106 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 89 (A23.105.M04)


Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-107

(continued)
Bay Type No. 90 (A23.105.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-108 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 91 (A23.105.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-109

(continued)
Bay Type No. 92 (A23.105.R04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
C-110 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 93 (A23.106.M04)


Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(Q9=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-111

(continued)
Bay Type No. 94 (A23.106.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-112 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 95 (A23.106.R04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-113

(continued)
Bay Type No. 96 (A23.107.M05)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-114 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 97 (A23.107.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-115

(continued)
Bay Type No. 98 (A23.107.R04)

Close(d) U B04 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-116 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 99 (A23.107.R05)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-117

(continued)
Bay Type No. 100 (A23.204.M03)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

C-118 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 101 (A23.204.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-119

(continued)
Bay Type No. 102 (A23.204.R03)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

C-120 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 103 (A23.205.M04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-121

(continued)
Bay Type No. 104 (A23.205.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-122 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 105 (A23.205.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-123

(continued)
Bay Type No. 106 (A23.205.R04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
C-124 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 107 (A23.206.M04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-125

(continued)
Bay Type No. 108 (A23.206.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-126 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 109 (A23.206.R04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-127

(continued)
Bay Type No. 110 (A23.207.M05)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-128 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 111 (A23.207.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-129

(continued)
Bay Type No. 112 (A23.207.R04)

Close(d) U B04 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-130 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 113 (A23.207.R05)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (Q9=0)
Q9 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-131

(continued)
Bay Type No. 114 (A23.404.M03)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

C-132 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 115 (A23.404.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-133

(continued)
Bay Type No. 116 (A23.404.R03)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)

C-134 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 117 (A23.405.M04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-135

(continued)
Bay Type No. 118 (A23.405.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-136 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 119 (A23.405.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-137

(continued)
Bay Type No. 120 (A23.405.R04)


Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
C-138 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 222 (A25.105.M03.1)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-139

(continued)
Bay Type No. 223 (A25.105.M03.2)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
C-140 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 121 (A25.105.M04.1)


Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-141

(continued)
Bay Type No. 122 (A25.105.M04.2)


Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & (FctBl2=I)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
C-142 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 123 (A25.105.R01.1)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-143

(continued)
Bay Type No. 124 (A25.105.R01.2)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
C-144 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 224 (A25.105.R03.1)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-145

(continued)
Bay Type No. 225 (A25.105.R03.2)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
C-146 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 125 (A25.105.R04.1)


Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-147

(continued)
Bay Type No. 126 (A25.105.R04.2)


Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q8=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
C-148 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 127 (A25.128.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)

Q0 Open (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-149

(continued)
Bay Type No. 128 (A25.128.R05)


Q0 Open (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q1 Open (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q2 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Q82 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)

Q0 Open (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
Q82 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0)
C-150 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 133 (L11.100.R01)
Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar

Close(d) U A04 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-151

(continued)
Bay Type No. 553 (L11.100.R01.2)

Close(d) U A04 /


C-152 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 134 (L11.100.R02)


X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-153

(continued)
Bay Type No. 528 (L11.102.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


C-154 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 542 (L11.102.R01.2)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-155

(continued)
Bay Type No. 135 (L11.104.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


C-156 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 136 (L11.104.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /

X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-157

(continued)
Bay Type No. 137 (L11.104.R03)


Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (Q8=I)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X01=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-158 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 547 (L11.112.M04)
Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar,direct motor control


Q0 Close(d) /(X0=X) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q15 Close(d) (Q15=I)
X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-159

(continued)
Bay Type No. 564 (L11.112.R01.2)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-160 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 138 (L11.116.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-161

(continued)
Bay Type No. 545 (L11.116.R01.2)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


C-162 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 139 (L11.116.R03)


X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-163

(continued)
Bay Type No. 548 (L11.120.M03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-164 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 552 (L11.120.M03.2)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-165

(continued)
Bay Type No. 140 (L11.120.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-166 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 141 (L11.120.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-167

(continued)
Bay Type No. 543 (L11.120.R03)

Close(d) U A06 /

Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-168 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 142 (L11.120.R04)


Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q8 Close(d) (X01=0) & (X02=0)
X01 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
X02 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-169

(continued)
Bay Type No. 558 (L11.128.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /


C-170 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 143 (L13.113.M03)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Close(d) /(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-171

(continued)
Bay Type No. 144 (L13.113.M05)


Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
C-172 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 145 (L13.113.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-173

(continued)
Bay Type No. 146 (L13.113.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
C-174 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 517 (L13.113.R03.2)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-175

(continued)
Bay Type No. 147 (L13.113.R05)


Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q81=0) & (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
C-176 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 148 (L13.200.R01)
Bus sectionalizer bay with switch disconnector, single busbar



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-177

(continued)
Bay Type No. 149 (L13.202.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


C-178 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 150 (L13.202.R03)


Q15 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=I)
Q16 Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=I)

Q15 Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q16 Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-179

(continued)
Bay Type No. 226 (L15.113.M03)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
C-180 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 151 (L15.113.M05)


Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I) & (Q15=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=I) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-181

(continued)
Bay Type No. 152 (L15.113.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
C-182 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 227 (L15.113.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-183

(continued)
Bay Type No. 153 (L15.113.R05)


Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
C-184 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 154 (L21.101.M04.1)
Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar,direct motor control


Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-185

(continued)
Bay Type No. 155 (L21.101.M04.2)


Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)

Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)
C-186 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 156 (L21.101.R01.1)
Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-187

(continued)
Bay Type No. 157 (L21.101.R01.2)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-188 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 158 (L21.101.R03.1)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-189

(continued)
Bay Type No. 159 (L21.101.R03.2)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
C-190 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 160 (L21.101.R04.1)


Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q11=0) & (Q12=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-191

(continued)
Bay Type No. 161 (L21.101.R04.2)


Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)

Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q21=0) & (Q22=0)
C-192 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 513 (L21.109.R03.1)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Close(d) /(Q11=X) & /(Q12=X) & /(X0=X) & (Q8=0) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-193

(continued)
Bay Type No. 514 (L21.109.R03.2)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-194 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 162 (L23.101.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-195

(continued)
Bay Type No. 163 (L23.101.R06)


Q11 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
Q12 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
Q21 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
Q22 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)

Q11 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
Q12 Open (Q01=0)
Close(d) (Q01=0)
Q21 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
Q22 Open (Q02=0)
Close(d) (Q02=0)
C-196 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 554 (L23.901.M01.1)
Bus sectionalizer bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar,direct motor control



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-197

(continued)
Bay Type No. 555 (L23.901.M01.2)



C-198 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 164 (L23.901.R02)
Bus sectionalizer bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar


Q11 Open (Q11=0)
Close(d) (Q11=I)
Q21 Open (Q21=0)
Close(d) (Q21=I)

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-199

(continued)
Bay Type No. 242 (L23.903.M01.3)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /

Q12 Open (Q12=0)
Close(d) (Q12=I)

C-200 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 243 (L23.903.M01.4)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /

Q21 Open (Q21=0)
Close(d) (Q21=I)

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-201

(continued)
Bay Type No. 511 (L23.903.M02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /

Q11 Open (Q11=0)
Close(d) (Q11=I)
Q21 Open (Q21=0)
Close(d) (Q21=I)

C-202 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 228 (L25.113.M03.1)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-203

(continued)
Bay Type No. 229 (L25.113.M03.2)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)

Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)
C-204 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 165 (L25.113.M05.1)


Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-205

(continued)
Bay Type No. 166 (L25.113.M05.2)


Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q22=I)
Q26 Open (Q0=I) & (Q21=I)

Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q22=I)
Q26 Open (Q0=I) & (Q21=I)
C-206 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 167 (L25.113.R01.1)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-207

(continued)
Bay Type No. 168 (L25.113.R01.2)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)

Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
C-208 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 230 (L25.113.R03.1)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-209

(continued)
Bay Type No. 231 (L25.113.R03.2)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)

Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)
C-210 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 169 (L25.113.R05.1)


Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q16=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q12 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q16=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q12=I)
Q16 Open (Q0=I) & (Q11=I)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-211

(continued)
Bay Type No. 170 (L25.113.R05.2)


Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q22=I)
Q26 Open (Q0=I) & (Q21=I)

Q0 Open (Q25=0) & (Q26=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q22 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q26=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q22=I)
Q26 Open (Q0=I) & (Q21=I)
C-212 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 505 (Q21.100.R01)
Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar

Close(d) U A04 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-213

(continued)
Bay Type No. 197 (Q21.101.M04)
Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar,direct motor control


Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
C-214 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 198 (Q21.101.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-215

(continued)
Bay Type No. 199 (Q21.101.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
C-216 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 200 (Q21.101.R04)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-217

(continued)
Bay Type No. 556 (Q21.112.M04)


X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
C-218 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 565 (Q21.112.M04.2)


X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

X0 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-219

(continued)
Bay Type No. 201 (Q21.117.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /


C-220 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 202 (Q21.117.R05)

Close(d) U B06 /

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-221

(continued)
Bay Type No. 203 (Q21.117.R06)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
C-222 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 245 (Q21.132.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-223

(continued)
Bay Type No. 563 (Q21.133.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


C-224 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 204 (Q23.101.M03)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-225

(continued)
Bay Type No. 205 (Q23.101.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /


C-226 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 206 (Q23.101.R03)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-227

(continued)
Bay Type No. 207 (Q23.117.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /


C-228 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 208 (Q23.117.R05)


Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-229

(continued)
Bay Type No. 236 (Q25.105.M03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-230 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 209 (Q25.105.M04)


Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-231

(continued)
Bay Type No. 210 (Q25.105.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
C-232 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 237 (Q25.105.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-233

(continued)
Bay Type No. 211 (Q25.105.R04)


Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
C-234 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 238 (Q25.109.M03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-235

(continued)
Bay Type No. 212 (Q25.109.M04)


Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
C-236 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 213 (Q25.109.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-237

(continued)
Bay Type No. 239 (Q25.109.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
C-238 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 214 (Q25.109.R04)


Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)

Q0 Open (Q8=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q8=0)
Q8 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-239

(continued)
Bay Type No. 240 (Q25.113.M03)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
C-240 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 215 (Q25.113.M05)


Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-241

(continued)
Bay Type No. 216 (Q25.113.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /
Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
C-242 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 241 (Q25.113.R03)

Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-243

(continued)
Bay Type No. 217 (Q25.113.R05)


Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)

Q0 Open (Q15=0) & (Q25=0)
Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q15=0)
Q15 Open (Q0=I) & (Q20=I)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q25=0)
Q25 Open (Q0=I) & (Q10=I)
C-244 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 218 (K29.101.R02)
Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar

Close(d) U A02 /
Close(d) U B02 /
Close(d) U B04 /
Close(d) U B06 /
Close(d) U C02 /
Close(d) U C04 /

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q20=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0)

Q10 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q20=0)
Q20 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q10=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-245

(continued)
Bay Type No. 219 (K29.101.R06)
Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar

Close(d) U C02 /
Close(d) U C04 /

Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q10=I) & (X0=I)
Close(d) (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q10=I) & (X0=I)
Q2 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q20=I) & (X0=I)
Close(d) (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q20=I) & (X0=I)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)

Q0 Close(d) /(Q1=X) & /(Q2=X) & /(X0=X) & /(Q10=X) & /(Q20=X) & /(FctBl1=I) & /(FctBl2=I)
Q1 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q2=0)
Q11 Open (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q10=I) & (X0=I)
Close(d) (Q0=I) & (Q1=I) & (Q10=I) & (X0=I)
Q2 Open (Q0=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0)
Q21 Open (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q20=I) & (X0=I)
Close(d) (Q0=I) & (Q2=I) & (Q20=I) & (X0=I)
X0 Open (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
Close(d) (Q0=0) & (Q1=0) & (Q2=0) & (Q10=0) & (Q20=0)
C-246 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 171 (M11.300.R00)
Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, single busbar

Close(d) U A02 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-247

(continued)
Bay Type No. 172 (M11.300.R01)



C-248 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 540 (M11.304.R02)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-249

(continued)
Bay Type No. 173 (M11.900.R00)
Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar

Close(d) U A02 /


C-250 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 174 (M11.900.R01)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-251

(continued)
Bay Type No. 175 (M13.312.M02)
Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, single busbar,direct motor control



C-252 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 176 (M13.312.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-253

(continued)
Bay Type No. 177 (M13.312.R02)



C-254 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 506 (M13.902.R00)

Close(d) U A02 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-255

(continued)
Bay Type No. 232 (M15.903.M01)
Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar,direct motor control

Close(d) U A04 /

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
C-256 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 178 (M15.903.M02)
Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar,direct motor control


Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q1=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q1=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-257

(continued)
Bay Type No. 233 (M15.903.R01)

Close(d) U A04 /

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
C-258 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 179 (M15.903.R02)


Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q1=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q8=0)
Q8 Close(d) (Q1=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-259

(continued)
Bay Type No. 180 (M21.302.R02)
Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, double busbar

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /
F1 (SIG_1: Signal S011) U B05 /


C-260 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 181 (M21.302.R04)


X01 Open (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q1=0)
X02 Open (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q2=0)

X01 Open (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q1=0)
X02 Open (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q2=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-261

(continued)
Bay Type No. 182 (M21.312.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-262 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 183 (M21.312.R04)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-263

(continued)
Bay Type No. 184 (M21.902.R02)
Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-264 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 185 (M21.902.R04)


X01 Open (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q1=0)
X02 Open (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q2=0)

X01 Open (Q1=0)
Close(d) (Q1=0)
X02 Open (Q2=0)
Close(d) (Q2=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-265

(continued)
Bay Type No. 186 (M21.912.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


C-266 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 187 (M21.912.R04)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-267

(continued)
Bay Type No. 188 (M23.302.R02)



C-268 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 189 (M23.312.R02)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-269

(continued)
Bay Type No. 190 (M23.328.M04)
Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, double busbar,direct motor control



C-270 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 191 (M23.328.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-271

(continued)
Bay Type No. 192 (M23.328.R04)



C-272 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 193 (M23.902.R02)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-273

(continued)
Bay Type No. 559 (M23.904.R00)

Close(d) U A02 /


C-274 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 509 (M23.906.M01)
Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar,direct motor control

Close(d) U A04 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-275

(continued)
Bay Type No. 529 (M23.906.M02)



C-276 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 560 (M23.908.R00)

Close(d) U A02 /


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-277

(continued)
Bay Type No. 510 (M23.910.M01)

Close(d) U A04 /


C-278 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 530 (M23.910.M02)



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-279

(continued)
Bay Type No. 194 (M23.912.R02)



C-280 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 234 (M25.903.M02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /

Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-281

(continued)
Bay Type No. 195 (M25.903.M04)


Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q1=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q2=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q1=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q2=0)
C-282 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 235 (M25.903.R02)

Close(d) U A06 /
Close(d) U B02 /

Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-283

(continued)
Bay Type No. 196 (M25.903.R04)


Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q1=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q2=0)

Q1 Close(d) (Q81=0)
Q2 Close(d) (Q82=0)
Q81 Close(d) (Q1=0)
Q82 Close(d) (Q2=0)
C-284 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 129 (E13.901.M01)
Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar,direct motor control



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-285

(continued)
Bay Type No. 130 (E13.901.R01)
Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar



C-286 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 131 (E23.903.M02)
Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar,direct motor control



P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-287

(continued)
Bay Type No. 132 (E23.903.R02)
Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar



C-288 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 1 (X99.901.R00)
Other bay type with other switchgear unit, without busbar


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-289

(continued)
Bay Type No. 980 (X99.902.R06.2)
Signal / Command Binary input Output relay

S001 (SIG_1: Signal S001) U A01 /
S002 (SIG_1: Signal S002) U A02 /
S003 (SIG_1: Signal S003) U A03 /
S004 (SIG_1: Signal S004) U A04 /
S005 (SIG_1: Signal S005) U A05 /
S006 (SIG_1: Signal S006) U A06 /
C001 (CMD_1: Command C001) / K A01


C-290 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 981 (X99.903.R12.2)

S001 (SIG_1: Signal S001) U A01 /
S002 (SIG_1: Signal S002) U A02 /
S003 (SIG_1: Signal S003) U A03 /
S004 (SIG_1: Signal S004) U A04 /
S005 (SIG_1: Signal S005) U A05 /
S006 (SIG_1: Signal S006) U A06 /
S007 (SIG_1: Signal S007) U B01 /
S008 (SIG_1: Signal S008) U B02 /
S009 (SIG_1: Signal S009) U B03 /
S010 (SIG_1: Signal S010) U B04 /
S011 (SIG_1: Signal S011) U B05 /
S012 (SIG_1: Signal S012) U B06 /
C007 (CMD_1: Command C007) / K B01


P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-291

(continued)
Bay Type No. 982 (X99.904.R06.2)

S001 (SIG_1: Signal S001) U A01 /
S002 (SIG_1: Signal S002) U A02 /
S003 (SIG_1: Signal S003) U A03 /
S004 (SIG_1: Signal S004) U A04 /
S005 (SIG_1: Signal S005) U A05 /
S006 (SIG_1: Signal S006) U A06 /
S007 (SIG_1: Signal S007) U C01 /
S008 (SIG_1: Signal S008) U C02 /
S009 (SIG_1: Signal S009) U C03 /
S010 (SIG_1: Signal S010) U C04 /
S011 (SIG_1: Signal S011) U C05 /
S012 (SIG_1: Signal S012) U C06 /
S013 (SIG_1: Signal S013) U C07 /
S014 (SIG_1: Signal S014) U C08 /


C-292 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Bay Type No. 983 (X99.905.R12.2)

S001 (SIG_1: Signal S001) U A01 /
S002 (SIG_1: Signal S002) U A02 /
S003 (SIG_1: Signal S003) U A03 /
S004 (SIG_1: Signal S004) U A04 /
S005 (SIG_1: Signal S005) U A05 /
S006 (SIG_1: Signal S006) U A06 /
S007 (SIG_1: Signal S007) U B01 /
S008 (SIG_1: Signal S008) U B02 /
S009 (SIG_1: Signal S009) U B03 /
S010 (SIG_1: Signal S010) U B04 /
S011 (SIG_1: Signal S011) U B05 /
S012 (SIG_1: Signal S012) U B06 /
S013 (SIG_1: Signal S013) U C01 /
S014 (SIG_1: Signal S014) U C02 /
S015 (SIG_1: Signal S015) U C03 /
S016 (SIG_1: Signal S016) U C04 /
S017 (SIG_1: Signal S017) U C05 /
S018 (SIG_1: Signal S018) U C06 /
S019 (SIG_1: Signal S019) U C07 /
S020 (SIG_1: Signal S020) U C08 /
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 C-293

(continued)


C-294 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Appendix D - Upgrade Overview
Version Changes
P139-301-401-601 Initial product release
Release: 27.04.2001
P139-302-402/403/404-602 Hardware As an alternative slot 4 can now be equipped with the 5-pole voltage
Release: 07.02.2002 transformer module T (for the Automatic Synchronism Check function).
Additional to the 40 TE case variant with pin-terminal connection there is
now an 84 TE case variant with ring-terminal connection as well as a 40
TE case variant with a combination of pin- and ring-terminal connection
(transformer module: for ring-terminal connection; other modules: for pin-
terminal connection)
The binary (I/O) module X (6xO) is now optionally available with rapid-
response output by 4 thyristors.
Diagram The updated connection diagrams now include the 5-pole voltage
transformer module T and show the variants with ring-terminal
connection:
P139.402 (for 40 TE case, with pin-terminal connection)
P139.403 (for 84 TE case, with ring-terminal connection)
P139.404 (for 40 TE case,
transformer module: with ring-terminal connection;
other modules: with pin-terminal connection)
Software
LOC Measurands previously missing are now included in the selection of the
Operation Panel, Overload Panel and Ground Fault Panel:
MEASI: Current IDC (addr. 004 134)
MEASI: Current IDC p.u (addr. 004 135)
MEASI: Curr. IDC,lin. p.u. (addr. 004 136)
MEASI: Current A-1 (addr. 005 100)
MEASI: Current A-2 (addr. 005 099)
Bug fixing:
Control actions from the local control panel are now no longer rejected in
the DNP3 protocol.
PC User-defined signal selections for the PC interface can now be made by
setting P C : S e l e c t . S p o n t a n . s i g . (addr. 003.189), and these
selected signals are spontaneously transmitted in addition to the VDEW
signals.
The PC interface "Time-out" can now be set with the parameter
P C : T i m e - o u t (addr. 003.188).
COMM1 The COURIER protocol has now been implemented.
User-defined signal selections for the protocol IEC 60870-5-103 can now
be made by setting C O M M 1 : S e l e c t . S p o n t a n . s i g . (addr.
003.179), and these selected signals are spontaneously transmitted in
addition to the VDEW signals.
COMM2 “Logical” communication interface 2 (function group COMM2) added to
communication.
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-1

(continued)
Version Changes
OUTP/LED Addition of function assignment to output relays and LED indicators with
these signals:
SFMON: Defect.module slot 1 (addr. 097 000) to
SFMON: Defect.module slot20 (addr. 097 019)
Now defective modules can be indicated by output relays for instance.
MEASI Addition of this per unit measurand
MEASI: Temperature p.u. (addr. 004.221)
MAIN The following signals were added to the parameter setting selection
tables for the trip command blocking signals: C O M M 1 : C o m m a n d
b l o c k . E X T (addr. 003.173)
COMM1: Sig./meas. block EXT (addr. 037.074)

OUTP: Block outp.rel. EXT (addr. 040.014)
MAIN: Test mode EXT (addr. 037.070)
MAIN: Trip cmd. block. EXT (addr. 036 045)
The following signals were added to the selection table for
GRUND: Fct. assign. fault:
SFMON: Defect.module slot 5 (addr. 097 004)
SFMON: Defect.module slot18 (addr. 097 017)
SFMON: Error K 1201 ... K 1206
(addr. 097.118 to 097.123)
The following settings for the 5th VT input were added to the MAIN
function group:
MAIN: Vref,nom V.T. prim. (addr. 010 100)
MAIN: Vref,nom V.T. sec. (addr. 031 052)
MAIN: Meas. val. rel. Vref (addr. 011 034)
The direct time output signals of the 32 logic equations are now available
to the function assignment of trip command 1 and trip command 2.
In addition to the standard procedure to determine energy output a
second procedure is now available. The selection of the procedure
depends on the given load ratio and is made by setting
MAIN: Op. mode energy cnt. (addr. 010 138).
The physical communication channel assignment to the "logical"
communication interfaces COMM1 and COMM2 can be set with the
parameter M A I N : C h a n n A s s i g n . C o m a d d r . (003 169).
D-2 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version Changes
MAIN Addition of two measured operating values:
(continued)
MAIN: Voltage Vref prim. (addr. 005 046)
MAIN: Voltage Vref p.u. (addr. 005 047)
Incorrect termination is now fixed for the close commands issued by the
control function and terminated with the starting of the trip command.
Time switching to setting "Daylight saving time" M A I N : T i m e
s w i t c h i n g (addr. 003.095) is now stored so that it will remain valid
after a warm restart.
The multiple signal M A I N : G e n . t r i p s i g n a l (addr. 036 251) is
now supported.
Bug fixing:
Rated current setting is changed from 1A to 5A when electro-magnetic
interference occurs. To confirm settings the internal values of
M A I N : I n o m d e v i c e (addr. 010 003) and
M A I N : I N , n o m d e v i c e (addr. 010 026) are overwritten by the
set values once every software cycle.
A disabled residual current system protection, which is displayed by the
signal M A I N : S y s t e m I N d i s a b l e d (addr. 040 134) is now
considered by the DTOC and IDMT residual current stages.
Bug fixing:
During incrementation of the overflow counter for active and reactive
energy output and input a negative value of the integrated count is now
prevented.
MAIN In addition to enabling or disabling of the functions Auto-reclosing
ARC Control, Automatic Synchronism Check, Protective Signaling and
ASC Residual Current System protection by using two binary signal inputs it is
PSIG now possible to use just one binary signal input for enabling or disabling.
If, for example, only the signal A R C : E n a b l e E X T (addr. 037.010)
is assigned to one binary signal input, the function is enabled by the
rising edge and disabled by the falling edge of the input signal.
DTOC Step size for thresholds I>, I>> and I>>> reduced from 0.1 Inom to
0.01 Inom.
ARC New function Automatic Synchronism Check (ASC) is taken into account
by the Auto-reclosing Control (ARC) function. The signal
A R C : ( R e ) c l o s e r e q u e s t (addr. 037 077) is used in this context
to have ASC triggered by ARC.
ASC Function Automatic Synchronism Check (ASC) has been added.
The transformer module T with a fifth VT is required to provide a
reference voltage.
GFDSS A fixed time delayed reset of 80 ms is now implemented for the stage
G F D S : V N G > (addr. 016.062).
THERM Addition of these per unit measurands
THERM: Therm. replica p.u. (addr. 004 017)
THERM: Coolant temp. p.u. (addr. 004 178)
THERM: Object temp. p.u. (addr. 004 179).
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-3

(continued)
Version Changes
f<> Bug fixing:
With the selection of a measurement loop the amplitude of the phase-to-
ground loops was incorrectly rated by the factor √3.
MCMON Reference voltage monitoring is now included in the measuring-circuit
monitoring function with the signals
MCMON: FF, Vref triggered (addr. 038.100)
MCMON: M.circ. V,Vref flty. (addr. 004.078).
SIG_1 Bug fixing:
When the VDEW addition to the protocol IEC60870-5-103 was used
single-pole signals were signaled in the data byte with the value '0' (end)
or '1' (start).
COUNT The dimension (min) was added to the parameter
C O U N T : C y c l e t . c o u n t t r a n s m (addr. 217.007) in the data model.
SFMON Because of the addition of a fifth VT these warning signals were added:
SFMON: FF, Vref triggered (addr. 098 022)
SFMON: M.circ. V,Vref flty. (addr. 098 023)
Addition of function assignment to warnings by the delayed and direct
time signals from logic equations 30 to 32.
The signals included in the function selection of warnings
SFMON: Open circ. 20mA inp. (addr. 098 026)
SFMON: PT100 open circuit (addr. 098 024)
SFMON: Overload 20 mA input (addr. 098 025)
are now supported.
P139-302-402/403/404-602 Hardware No modifications
-701
Release: 13.05.2002
Diagram No modifications
Software
SFMON Decreased severity for entries in the monitoring signal memory during
short-time supply voltage dipping.
-702
Release: 26.07.2002
Software
IDMT Accuracy of tripping time is improved. Particularly the characteristic 'IEC
extremely inverse' is now within the claimed tolerance range.
Release: 29.08.2002
Software
D-4 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version Changes
LOC The signals
L O C : L o c . a c c . b l o c k . a c t i v e (addr. 221 005) and
L O C : R e m . a c c . b l o c k . a c t i v e (addr. 221 004)
are now sent spontaneously as individual signals with the protocol IEC
60870-5-103.
INP The function assignment of the binary signal inputs U 1001 to U 1006,
which are not present on slot 10, have been removed from the data
model.
P139-303-402/403/404-604 Hardware Device is prepared for the supplementary fitting with the new
Release: 20.12.2002 temperature p/c board (RTD module), which will become available as of
version
-304-405/406/407-605.
Software
COMM1 The measurand M A I N : V o l t a g e V r e f p . u . (addr. 005 047) has
been added to the selection for the cyclic ILS telegram.
The unnecessary parameter C O M M 1 : A d d r e s s m o d e
(addr. 003 168) is now hidden.
LOC The measurand M A I N : V o l t a g e V r e f p r i m . (addr. 005 046) has
been added to the function assignment for the Operation Panel, the
Overload Panel and the numerical display.
The measurand M A I N : V o l t a g e V r e f p . u . (addr. 005 047) has
been added to the function assignment for the Operation Panel, the
Overload Panel and the bar chart display.
MEASI Functions have been enhanced in preparation for the supplementary
THERM fitting with the new temperature p/c board (RTD module). For THERM
LIMIT protection this includes direct temperature monitoring, temperature
SFMON measurement, coolant temperature acquisition, and open-circuit
monitoring of the individual resistance thermometers.
MAIN The functionality of equal-priority enabling or disabling a function via any
ARC device interface, first introduced with version –603, now is modified in
ASC that way, that the functions are enabled by default.
PSIG
IDMT The setting ranges for parameters I r e f , n e g and I r e f , N as well as
I r e f , n e g d y n a m i c and I r e f , N d y n a m have been increased from
0.1 - 4.00 Inom to 0.01 - 4.00 Inom
PSS Bug fixing:

After a warm restart of the device an externally set parameter subset fell
back to the user set parameter subset. The signal
P S S : C o n t r o l v i a u s e r (addr. 036 102)
changed from "Yes" to "No" after a warm restart.
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-5

(continued)
Version Changes
ASC Setting to continuous synchronism test procedure after a test close
request:
When a test close request is issued the operative time is not terminated
by the starting of the close enable but will continue until it has reached its
set time duration. Synchronism is continuously checked, even after the
first close enable, as long as the operative time is running. The signal
A S C : C l o s e e n a b l e (addr. 037 083) (if synchronism conditions are
met) and the delta measured values are continuously updated and
periodically transmitted by the device interfaces. The cycle time to
transmit the telegram with the measured values is set at:
A S C : T r a n s m . c y c l e , m e a s . v . (addr. 101 212).
The signal close enable is signaled spontaneously both as "start" and as
"end" and must therefore be included in a general scan.
The signal A S C : C l o s e r e j e c t i o n (addr. 037 086) is issued only
after the operative time has elapsed and there is then no synchronism.
This signal is also issued after a test close request if, during the
operative time, a close enable is temporarily signaled.
The number of test close requests and the number of close rejections
after test close requests are not counted, e.g. the counters
A S C : N o . c l o s e r e q u e s t s (addr. 009 033) and
A S C : N o . c l o s e r e j e c t i o n s (addr. 009 034) will only consider
"authentic" close requests.
If during the operative time (after a test close request) there is an
authentic close request issued by the device control function (HMI) or
from the interfaces (or the ARC) the test run is terminated and ASC is
restarted. Then, after the first close enable is reached, the close
command is issued and the operative time is terminated. The signal
A S C : C l o s e r e j e c t i o n (addr. 037.086) is issued when the set
operative time has elapsed without synchronism conditions having been
met and the circuit breaker is not switched.
The setting range for the operative time was increased from
0.00 – 60.00 s to 0.0 – 6000.0 s and the step range was reduced from
0.01 s to 0.1 s.
The settable reset times for the signals
ASC: tClose enable Volt.PSx (addr. 0XX 241)
ASC: tClose enable syn.PSx (addr. 0XX 240)
have been replaced by fixed minimum times of 100 ms.
These measured event values have been added to the Automatic
Synchronism Check:
ASC: Voltage Vref (addr. 004 087)
ASC: Volt. sel. meas.loop (addr. 004.088)
The measuring range of the measured event value
ASC: Volt. magnit. diff. (addr. 004 091)
has been changed from 0.000 – 3.000 Vnom to –3.000 – 3.000 Vnom.
D-6 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version Changes
LIMIT Bug fixing:
If the temperature measurand T was set to "not measured" the stages T<
and T<< in the limit value monitoring function would start.
P139-304-405/406/407-605 Hardware A new communication module A, providing the InterMiCOM protective
Release: 28.11.2003 interface COMM3, can now be fitted in slot 3 instead of the transient
ground fault detection module N.
A new temperature p/c board (RTD module) can now be fitted in slot 3,
instead of the transient ground fault detection module N (TGFD module).
As an alternative to the conventional transformer modules for analog
input signals there is now a new CT/VT-board with NCIT available.
Details are available on request. See chapter 2, section "Connecting
NCITs to Inputs on the CT/VT-board with NCIT".
Binary signal inputs with a higher switching threshold are now available.
Installation is only recommended if the application specifically requires
such binary signal inputs.
Diagram The new connection diagrams include the InterMiCOM communication
interface (function group COMM3), the temperature p/c board (RTD
module) and the CT/VT-board with NCIT.
LOC Customized binary signal panels can now be created.
A customized Bay Panel can be sub-divided into up to eight images.
The selection table for the Operation Panel was extended.
The signals M037-M040 can now be configured as image variables.
Bug fixing:
When, after a switchgear unit had been selected locally, local control
was switched over to remote control, the selection of local switching
actions could continue to be made up to the termination of the reset time.
COMM1 Bug fixing concerning various communication protocols:
DNP3: Multiple telegrams are prevented.
The protocol per IEC60850-5-101 incorrectly transmitted negative
operating values.
IEC-60870-5-101: In the data model there was an incorrect selection
for parameter C O M M 1 : T i m e t a g l e n g t h (addr. 003 198).
Furthermore 3 Bytes were used irrespective of the setting.
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-7

(continued)
Version Changes
COMM1(2) Bug fixing concerning the IEC 60870-5-103 communication protocol:
For the reclose commands of high-speed and time-delayed reclosing
(Function Type 80h, Information nos. 80h and 81h), the status
changes 'On' to 'Off' were signaled spontaneously and were
transmitted as part of the response to a general scan.
The fault location F T _ D A : F a u l t r e a c t . , p r i m . (addr. 004 029)

(Function Type 80h, Information no. 49h), will no longer be sent
spontaneously, if its value is 'Not measured‘.
With the fault values transmission the scaling factor for the primary value
of channel VNG was corrected by a factor of 1/√3.
COMM3 New function group: COMM3 (InterMiCOM protection interface) permits
end-end channel-aided schemes to be configured, without the need of
discrete carrier equipment.
INP Further reset commands were added to the function assignment of
binary signal inputs.
MEASO Scaling of the BCD coded output of measurands now allows the setting
of an output values range. This feature is required if signed event
measurands are assigned to the BCD output (like fault location or short-
circuit reactance,...).
MAIN Sensitivity for the setting of this parameter was increased to 0.01 s:
MAIN: Suppress start. sig. (addr. 017 054)
The determination of the faulty phase during a ground fault in Petersen
coil compensated power systems is improved to avoid incorrect signaling
at the end of the ground fault.
These measured operating values have been added:
MAIN: Appar. power S prim. (addr. 005 025) and
MAIN: Appar. power S p.u. (addr. 005 026).
The delay time for the Running Time Monitoring of manually operated
switchgear can now be set:
MAIN: Delay Man.Op.Superv (addr. 221 079)
Bug fixing:
All energy counters were reset by a general starting (GS).
Bug fixing:
The values set for the primary transformer voltages were reset to their
default values when a warm restart of the device occurred.
Bug fixing:
If a device or switchgear designation was omitted in a customized panel
then the device went out of order when such a panel was selected.
MAIN The stored status is no longer reset with a warm restart of the device,
ARC when specific functions are enabled or disabled through a binary signal
ASC input.
PSIG
D-8 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version Changes
FT_DA The determination of measured fault values during short fault times is
improved.
Bug fixing:
Fault locations of numerical values >655.35% were falsely displayed as
small values.
Bug fixing:
When a residual current starting occurs without a phase current starting
all measured fault values dependent on a measurement loop are set to
'Not measured'.
FT_RC Direction signaling for the short-circuit direction determination function
was added to the selection table for the fault recording trigger:
FT_RC: Fct. assig. Trigger (addr. 003 085)
DTOC Three negative-sequence current stages were added to the definite-time
overcurrent protection.
IDMT Bug fixing:
The trip signals from the residual current stage and the negative-
sequence current stage were not reset with the release of starting.
ARC Bug fixing:
The HSR & TDR counters could only be acknowledged/cleared by a cold
restart.
ASC Bug fixing:
With a close request the counter A S C : N o . G F ( c u r r . m e a s )
(addr. 009 003) was increment by a count of 8 instead of 1.
Bug fixing:
When a test close request was issued in the operating mode
"synchronism-checked" a chattering of the ASC enable signal could occur.
TGFD The setting range of T G F D : I N , p > (addr. 016 042) is extended
down to 0.03 Inom.
The pick-up delay of the measuring circuit monitoring signal
S F M O N : T G F D m o n . t r i g g e r e d (addr. 093 094) is now
increased from 5 s to 65 s.
P<> The power directional protection now includes overload stages for active
and reactive power.
The starting signals from the power directional protection stages now
feature direction dependency.
The setting range for the parameter P < > : R e l e a s e d e l a y Q > P S x
(addr. 017 172) is now extended to max. 100.00 s.
MCMON The default setting for parameter
M C M O : F F , V r e f e n a b l e d U S E R . (addr. 013 014) was changed
from 'Yes' to 'No'.
LIMIT Reference voltage monitoring from the fifth VT input was added to the
Limit Value Monitoring function.
LOGIC Bug fixing:
The time dependent logic outputs - L O G I C : O u t p u t x ( t )
(addr. 042 033) (with x=1 to 32) - are reset for a short period during
parameter subset selection.
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-9

(continued)
Version Changes
DEVx Bug fixing:
(x=1 to 10) When the additions to the protocol IEC 60870-5-103 were applied, the
return signal identification was missing in the acknowledgment of
commands to switchgear.
CMD_1 Single commands, created with the bay editor from the PC Access
Software MiCOM S1, can now also be configured to output relays on the
output module X (6xO) in slot 10 (with 40 TE cases) or slot 18 (with
84 TE cases).
SIG_1 Bug fixing:
A concurrent use of signals M001 and M033 was not possible.
Bug fixing:
The wrong selection table for communication in the data model was
assigned to the signal S I G _ 1 : L o g i c s i g n a l S 0 1 0
(addr. 226 077).
SFMON To prevent the risk of contention problems because of the simultaneous
disruption of the supply voltage and the auxiliary voltage for the binary
signal inputs m.c.b. trip signals are now delayed internally for 300 ms.
Bug fixing:
Sporadic triggering of the internal monitoring of the 15 V and 24 V
voltages without a fault in the power supply module being present was
eliminated.
P139-305-408/409/410-610 This is a preliminary IEC 61850 version which is project-specific
Release: 20.05.2005 and only available on request!
Hardware The new Ethernet module for communication per IEC 61850 is now
available and may be fitted to slot 2 as an alternative to communication
module A.
Diagram The updated connection diagrams now include the Ethernet module
communication interface.
Software
LOC Addition of the event counter to the selection for the Fault Panel
A S C : N o . R C a f t . m a n . c l o s (004 009).
Addition of the measured value to the selection for the Operation Panel.
M E A S I : S c a l e d v a l u e I D C , l i n (004 180).
D-10 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version Changes
COMM1 The selection of register assignments for signals in the MODBUS
protocol has been extended with the signal
S C D D : F a u l t P b a c k w a r d (036 019).
Time stamping of status signals from external devices has been adapted
to the DNP3 protocol.
Bug fixing:
A change of a communication parameter will no longer lead to a sporadic
warm restart of the device, when the Courier protocol is used.
COMM3 Bug fixing:
After a warm restart with COMM3 activated, the entry at
S F M O N : H a r d w a r e e r r o r C O M M 3 (093 143) will now only occur
if there actually is such a hardware error.
IEC Initial implementation of the IEC 61850 communication protocol.
GSSE In conjunction with the IEC 61850 communication protocol a
communication procedure has been implemented that is compatible with
previous UCA2 GOOSE for the exchange of binary information within an
Ethernet network section.
SFMON A number of device bugs previously lead to a blocking with the second
entry to the monitoring signal memory (i.e. if the recurring fault was
already stored in the monitoring signal memory – see Chapter 10 in the
Technical Manual). This reaction was modified in such a manner that
device blocking will only occur if a renewed appearance of the same
device fault lies within a set "memory retention time"
S F M O N : M o n . s i g . r e t e n t i o n (021 018). This makes it possible
to tolerate sporadic faults, resulting from control actions, without having
to clear the monitoring signal memory in the interim.
The significance of the time stamp was modified to accommodate this
new feature. The time stamp now represents the last appearance of the
fault.
OUTP/LED Addition of the signal A S C : C l o s e r e q u e s t (034 018) to the
selection of freely configurable LED indicators and output relays.
FT_RC The duration of the disturbance record is limited to 1 minute so as to
avoid a record of an endless disturbance.
The signal A R C : B l o c k i n g E X T (036.050) is now stored in the
fault recording (previously only the resulting signal A R C : B l o c k e d
(004.069) was recorded).
MEASI Open-circuit monitoring of the 20 mA input and the "PT 100" input has
been improved.
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-11

(continued)
Version Changes
MAIN Parameters from the MAIN function, which could previously only be set in
the branch "General Functions" of the menu tree, have been transferred
to the parameter subsets.
MAIN: Neutr.pt. treat. PSx
MAIN: Hld time dyn.par. PSx
MAIN: Bl.tim.st.IN,neg PSx
MAIN: Gen. start. mode PSx
MAIN: Op. rush restr. PSx
MAIN: Rush I(2fn)/I(fn) PSx
MAIN: I>lift rush restr PSx
MAIN: Suppr.start.sig. PSx
MAIN: tGS PSx
With this improvement it is now possible to consider operational changes
by selecting the appropriate parameter subset.
The parameter M A I N : N e u t r a l - p o i n t t r e a t . (010 048) used only
in conjunction with the ASC is now visible if the ASC function has been
configured. Furthermore the selections at various neutral point
treatments that occur by this parameter have now been reduced to a
selection relevant to the application.
The primary source for synchronizing the date and time can now be
selected. Available are COMM1, COMM2/PC, IRIG-B or a binary input
for minute signal pulses. A backup source may additionally be selected.
MAIN: Prim.Source TimeSync (103 210)
MAIN: BackupSourceTimeSync (103 211)
For bay control function signals detected via binary signal inputs and
conditioned with debouncing it is now possible to select whether the time
tag for the signal is to be issued after debouncing (or when the first pulse
edge is detected). The setting M A I N : T i m e T a g A f t e r D e b o u n c e
(221 083) is provided for this purpose.
Bug fixing:
The enabling or disabling of the ground protection via a binary signal
input was incorrectly inverted.
PSIG Bug fixing:
The enabling or disabling of the protective signaling via a binary signal
input was incorrectly inverted.
ARC Bug fixing:
The enabling or disabling of the ARC function via a binary signal input
was incorrectly inverted.The DTOC negative-sequence current stage
started the ARC by triggering the ARC trip time of the IDMT negative-
sequence current stage.
ASC Selecting the CB assignment to an external device has been adapted to
the maximum possible number of external devices.
Bug fixing:
The enabling or disabling of the ASC function via a binary signal input
was incorrectly inverted.
D-12 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version Changes
GFDSS The setting parameters for the function GFDSS are now included in the
parameter subsets and can be changed, according to operating
conditions, by selecting the appropriate parameter subset. It is also
possible to individually enable this function in each parameter subset.
Processing of the function GFDSS now occurs with a higher priority in
order to obtain reduced reaction times with less fluctuation. This is a
response to the increased application of ground fault direction signaling
as a tripping condition.
Bug fixing:
The cause for faulty or unstable directional decisions with the operate
delay tVNG> set below 60 ms has been removed.
Bug fixing:
The operate delays LS and BS are now accurate, even with set values
> 65 s.
TGFD The setting parameters for the function TGFD are now included in the
parameter subsets and can be changed, according to operating
conditions, by selecting the appropriate parameter subset. It is also
possible to individually enable this function in each parameter subset.
THERM Bug fixing:
In the event of an open circuit in the 20 mA current loop when using this
to measure temperatures there was no automatic activation of the
corresponding backup temperature sensor.
P<> The setting range for the following parameters was extended from max.
0.5 Snom to now max. 1.5 Snom:
P<>: P> (017 120)
P<>: P>> (017 140)
P<>: Q> (017 160)
P<>: Q>> (017 180)
Bug fixing:
When setting a high operate value as well as a high disengaging ratio for
the P< or Q< stages an internal overflow was possible that led to a lower
disengaging ratio than that which had been set.
Bug fixing:
When the stage P< (P<<, Q< or Q<<) was triggered the signal
P < > : F a u l t P < (P<<, Q< or Q<<) was issued even though the
operate delay for the stage was blocked.
CBM Function circuit breaker monitoring (CBM) has been added.
LIMIT Parameter cells and signals related to Vref are only visible when the
device has been fitted with a fifth VT to measure Vref .
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-13

(continued)
Version Changes
P139-305-408/409/410-610 This is a preliminary IEC 61850 version which is project-specific
-704 and only available on request!
Hardware No modifications
Software
IEC With regard to IEC 61850-8-1 the data type for the quality of measured
values and signals has been changed from 14 bit to 13 bit.
P139-306-408/409/410-611 Hardware Further variants with binary signal inputs with a higher operate threshold
Release: 07.11.2005 are now available. This makes the following selections available:
>18 V (standard variant) (Without order extension No.)
>90 V (60...70% of VA,nom = 125 ... 150 V) (Order ext. No. 461)
>155 V (60...70% of VA,nom = 220 ... 250 V) (Order ext. No. 462)
>73 V (67% of VA,nom = 110 V) (Order ext. No. 463)
>146 V (67% of VA,nom = 220 V) (Order ext. No. 464)
Standard variant recommended if higher pickup threshold is not
specifically required by application.
Software
LOC Extensive expansion of the parameter selection
L O C : A s s i g n m e n t r e a d k e y (080 110).
Instead of selecting only one assigned protocol by pressing the READ
key there are now up to 16 different addresses assigned which can be
selected by pressing the READ key more than once in succession (menu
jump function).
COMM1/ With the IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, the selection of measured operating
COMM2 values has been extended for the cyclic ILS telegram.
IEC General expansion of the Logical Nodes according to the IEC 61850
data model.
For access by the support software S1 via Ethernet the function "Setting
by Tunneling" has been implemented.
GOOSE For the exchange of binary information in an Ethernet network section
the IEC 61850 communication procedure (IEC-GOOSE) has been
implemented.
SFMON Change of the English signal designation (relevant only when English
designation text is used) for this signal:
SFMON: CB faulty EXT (098 072)
D-14 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version Changes
MAIN The following per unit measured operating values have been added:
MAIN: Current Ipos p.u. (009 016)
MAIN: Current Ineg p.u. (009 015)
MAIN: Voltage Vpos p.u. (009 018)
MAIN: Voltage Vneg p.u. (009 017)
MAIN: Frequency f p.u. (004 070)
MAIN: Angle VPG/IN p.u. (005 072)
MAIN: Load angle phi A p.u (005 073)
MAIN: Load angle phi B p.u (005 074)
MAIN: Load angle phi C p.u (005 075)
MAIN: Angle phi N p.u. (005 076)
The parameter M A I N : R o t a r y f i e l d (010 049) was renamed to
M A I N : P h a s e s e q u . (010 049). In addition the parameter selection
for clockwise and anticlockwise was also changed to A-B-C and A-C-B.
Change of the English signal designation (relevant only when English
designation text is used) for the following parameter:
MAIN: Prim.Source TimeSync (103 210)
M A I N : B a c k u p S o u r c e T i m e S y n c (103 211)
FT_RC The signal F T _ R C : R e c o r d . t r i g a c t i v e (002 002) has been

implemented, which shows that a fault-recording trigger is present.
FT_DA Bug fixing:
When a fault location is outside the measuring range it could happen that
the fault location was measured as too small by the fault measurand
F T _ D A : F a u l t l o c a t . p e r c e n t (004 027)
DTOC A fourth overcurrent stage (residual current stage) IN>>>> with an
extended setting range has been integrated.
Because of its extended setting range this stage always uses the
residual current calculated from the three phase currents.
IDMT2 A second inverse-time overcurrent protection function has been added.
SCDD A voltage memory has been added to the short-circuit direction
determination function. In general SCDD will operate as previously with
the non-faulted voltages. Now the device offers a voltage memory from
which the SCDD function can obtain necessary voltage information for
direction determination when 3-pole faults with a large 3-phase voltage
drop have occurred.
MP The motor protection function has been extended by these per unit
measured operating values:
MP: Therm. repl. MP p.u. (005 071)
MP: St-ups st. perm.p.u. (005 086)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-15

(continued)
Version Changes
THERM The parameters T H E R M : B l . f . C T A f a u l t P S x have been
replaced by the parameters with an extended setting range
THERM: Funct.f.CTA fail.PSx.
In order to obtain improved visibility control of the parameters for the
relative and absolute replica the previous parameter
T H E R M : O p e r a t i n g m o d e (022 063) has been replaced by:
THERM: Relative replica (022 064)
THERM: Absolute replica (022 065)
It should be remembered that an explicit selection – relative or absolute
replica – for the thermal overload protection must be carried out. If no
such explicit selection – relative or absolute replica – is carried out the
thermal overload protection will be blocked and the warning signal
T H E R M : S e t t i n g e r r o r , b l o c k . (039 110) is issued.
These parameters are now available to set the over temperature and the
warning temperature in the absolute replica:
T H E R M : O/T f.Iref pers. PSx
THERM: Warning temp. PSx
The following signals have been added to the thermal overload
protection:
THERM: Reclosure blocked (039 024)
THERM: Not ready (040 035)
V<> The over-/undervoltage function may now be optionally operated with an
enable threshold based on the minimum current monitor for the
undervoltage stages (V<, V<<, Vpos<, Vpos<<).
The undervoltage stages are blocked if during active monitoring the set
threshold of at least one phase is not exceeded by the phase currents.
There are two new setting parameters to activate the operating mode for
minimum current monitoring and to set the enable threshold:
V<>: Op. mode V< mon. PSx
V<>:I enable V< PSx
f<> Bug fixing:
The origin for imprecise frequency measurements, when 6 cycles were
selected for the evaluation time, has now been eliminated.
CBF The complete revision of the circuit breaker failure protection function
now includes a current breaking-off criterion.
The previous signal C B F : C B f a i l u r e (036 017) has been replaced
by the following signals:
CBF: Trip signal t1 (038 215)
CBF: Trip signal t2 (038 219)
CBM Bug fixing:
An incorrect internally active wear characteristic lead to an incorrect
calculation of the number of CB operations remaining, when at least one
of these parameters was set to blocked:
CBM: Med. curr. Itrip,CB (022 014) or
CBM: Perm. CB op. Imed,CB (022 015)
D-16 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version Changes
P139-306-408/409/410-611 This is a preliminary IEC 61850 version, which is project-specific
-706 and only available on request!
Hardware No modifications
Software
ASC Bug fixing:
When the automatic synchronism check (ASC) was linked to the control
of an external device and a close command was issued to this external
device from the local control panel, the external device was always
blocked from closing by the ASC function. This error occurred only when
the communication protocol per IEC 61850 was used with the protection
and control unit.
-707
Release: 16.02.2006
Software
IEC Bug fixing:
The range of the internal values assigned to the various operating modes
of the parameter I E C : D E V c o n t r o l m o d e l (221 081) now starts
with a '1' instead of a '0'.
INP The request routine for binary signal inputs has been enhanced to
suppress external interference.
-709
Release: 05.10.2006
Software
IEC Bug fixing:
If communication was interrupted during control access via the Ethernet
interface using the operating program MiCOM S1, renewed control
access was only possible after a warm restart of the protection and
control unit.
Bug fixing:
If a 'Select' or 'Operate' command for an external device, in which the
interlock bit had been set, was sent from a client to the protection and
control unit it could occur that such a command was rejected.
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-17

(continued)
Version Changes
P139-307-411/412/413-612 Hardware As an ordering option for the 40TE and 84TE model versions there is
now a variant available with a detachable HMI. The detachable HMI is
always supplied with a case width of 40TE. The freely configurable LED
indicators H4 to H16 on the detachable HMI are provided as multi-color
LEDs.
The ordering option Ethernet module with 100 Mbit/s glass fiber and ST
connector has replaced the ordering option Ethernet module with
10 Mbit/s glass fiber and ST connector.
Diagram The updated connection diagrams now include the interfaces to connect
the detachable HMI.
P139.411 (for 40TE case, with pin-terminal connection)
P132.412 (for 40TE case,
transformer module: ring-terminal connection;
other modules: pin-terminal connection)
P139.413 (for 84TE case, with ring-terminal connection)
Software
DVICE Because of the ordering option "detachable HMI" these additional Device
Identification parameters are now available:
DVICE: SW version DHMI (002 131)
DVICE: SW version DHMI DM (002 132)
LOC Because of the ordering option "detachable HMI" this additional Device
Identification parameter is now available:
L O C : L o c a l H M I exists (221 099).
Additional item in the selection table for the operation panel:
C O U N T : C o u n t 1 (217 100).
COMM1 When the protocols per IEC 60870-5-101 or IEC 60870-5-103 are used,
the message C O M M 1 : B u f f e r o v e r r u n (221 100) is issued when
an internal buffer overrun of the spontaneous control function signals has
occurred.
D-18 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version Changes
IEC Implementation of active monitoring of the communications data links to
logged-on clients with the parameter
I E C : T C P k e e p - a l i v e t i m e r (104 062). This active monitoring
now replaces previous passive monitoring by parameter
I E C : I n a c t i v i t y t i m e r (104 050).
Implementation of an automatic switchover to daylight saving time,
activated by parameter I E C : S w i t c h . d a y l . s a v . t i m e (104 219).
Switchover times for the automatic switch to daylight saving time are
governed by the following settings:
IEC: Dayl.sav.time start (104 220)
IEC: Dayl.sav.time st. d (104 221)
IEC: Dayl.sav.time st. m (104 222)
IEC: Dayl.sav.t.st.0:00 + (104 223)
IEC: Dayl.sav.time end (104 225)
IEC: Dayl.sav.time end d (104 226)
IEC: Dayl.sav.time end m (104 227)
IEC: Dayl.sav.t.end 0:00+ (104 228)
A second SNTP server may now be applied for time synchronization.
Should no answer be transmitted by the first SNTP server the next
request is automatically transferred to the second SNTP server (backup
function).
I E C : S N T P s e r v e r 1 I P (104 202)
I E C : S N T P s e r v e r 2 I P (104 210)
Instead of setting a router address and target network, so as to establish
a communication link to a client situated exterior to the local network,
now only the setting of the gateway address is required via
I E C : G a t e w a y a d d r e s s (104 011).
Now 'unbuffered reports' are available for all logical nodes.
GOOSE VLAN priority for GOOSE is set via
G O O S E : V L A N P r i o r i t y (106 007).
The dataset reference for GOOSE is displayed via the measured value
G O O S E : D a t a S e t R e f e r e n c e (106 008).
INP Bug fixing:
The input signal M A I N : M a n . T r i p c m d . E X T (037 018) did not
operate when it was set as a receive signal for COMM3, GSSE or
GOOSE and triggered via this communication link. (Triggering via a
binary signal input operated correctly.)
LED The operating mode for the LED indicators has been extended by the
operating mode LED flashing.
Configuration, operating mode and physical state of the permanently
configured LED indicators H1 and H17 are now displayed via
configuration parameters and physical state signals.
The freely configurable LED indicators H4 to H16 on the variant with a
detachable HMI may now be assigned two signals, each with a different
color (red or green). If both assigned signals are active the resulting
LED color will be 'amber' (yellow).
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-19

(continued)
Version Changes
MAIN The parameter MAIN: T i m e T a g (221 098) has replaced the previous
parameter M A I N : T i m e T a g A f t e r D e b o u n c e (217 083). In
addition there is a third operating mode available for selection.
COUNT The settable debouncing time for count value acquisition is no longer
required.
-710
Release: 14.12.2006
Software
IEC Bug fixing:
If communication was interrupted during control access via the Ethernet
interface using the operating program MiCOM S1, renewed control
access was only possible after a warm restart of the protection and
control unit.
-712 and
P139-306-408/409/410-611
-711
Release: 14.02.2007
Software
IEC Bug fixing:
Previously a break in the client-server communications link could occur
after approximately 49 days for about 20 minutes. GOOSE and GSSE
are not affected.
D-20 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version Changes
Software With this version resetting options have been extended such that now
there is a corresponding external signal available for each manual reset
function; now the respective counter or memory can be reset by an
appropriately assigned binary signal.
Similar to this all manual reset parameters have been renamed by
adding the phrase "USER" to the descriptive text (it may be abbreviated
so that the max number of characters allowed is not exceeded).
Example: M A I N : G e n e r a l r e s e t was
renamed to M A I N : G e n e r a l r e s e t U S E R ,
G F D S S : R e s e t c o u n t e r s was renamed to
GFDSS: Reset counters USER .
LOC Because such new reset options are available the RESET key can now
be configured with the new parameter L O C : F c t . R e s e t k e y .
Additionally two menu jump lists are now available that can have
functions assigned by setting these new parameters:
L O C : F c t . m e n u j m p l i s t x (x=1,2)
The parameter L O C : A s s i g n m e n t r e a d k e y was renamed to
LOC: Fct. read key.
IEC I E C : D e a d b a n d v a l u e (104 051) was divided into several individual
settings:
IEC: Update Measurements (104 229)
IEC: Dead band IP (104 230)
IEC: Dead band IN (104 231)
IEC: Dead band VPP (104 232)
IEC: Dead band VPG (104 233)
IEC: Dead band f (104 234)
IEC: Dead band P (104 235)
IEC: Dead band phi (104 236)
IEC: Dead band Z (104 237)
IEC: Dead band min/max (104 238)
IEC: Dead band ASC (104 239)
IEC: Dead band temp. (104 240)
IEC: Dead band 20mA (104 241)
GOOSE The number of addressable external devices was increased from
16 to 32.
The parameter
G O O S E : D a t a s e t C f g . R e v i s i o n (106 005) was renamed to
G O O S E : D a t a s e t C f g . R e v i s i o n (106 009) and all parameters
G O O S E : E x t . D e v x x i n t e r m . p o s (xx=1 to 16) are now available
as G O O S E : E x t . D e v y y i n t e r m . p o s (yy=1 to 32)
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-21

(continued)
Version Changes
MAIN Two group resetting functions have been introduced as new reset
options. These may be applied either manually (e.g. parameter "USER")
or with a binary signal (e.g. parameter "EXT").
The sign of the measured operating data values for active and reactive
power can be defined by setting the parameter
M A I N : M e a s . d i r e c t i o n P , Q (006 096).
The following measured operating data for delayed/stored phase current
values have been added:
MAIN: IA prim,demand (006 226)
MAIN: IB prim,demand (006 227)
MAIN: IC prim,demand (006 228)
MAIN: IA prim,demand stor. (006 223)
MAIN: IB prim,demand stor. (006 224)
MAIN: IC prim,demand stor. (006 225)
MAIN: IA p.u.,demand (006 235)
MAIN: IB p.u.,demand (006 236)
MAIN: IC p.u.,demand (006 237)
MAIN: IA p.u.,demand stor. (006 232)
MAIN: IB p.u.,demand stor. (006 223)
MAIN: IC p.u.,demand stor. (006 234)
The descriptive text in English for the following parameters has been
changed:
MAIN: IP,maxprim,demand.st (005 034)
MAIN: IP,maxp.u.,demand.st (005 035)
MAIN: IP,max prim.,demand (005 036)
MAIN: IP,max p.u.,demand (005 037)
MAIN: Ph. err. VCG,2 NCIT (010 194)
The following logic state signals are issued depending on the respective
control point position:
MAIN: Cmd. fr. comm.interf (221 101)
MAIN: Command from HMI (221 102)
MAIN: Cmd. fr. electr.ctrl (221 103)
COMM1/IEC, COMM2/PC, IRIG-B or a minute pulse input may now be
selected as the primary source to synchronize the date and time
(M A I N : P r i m . S o u r c e T i m e S y n c (103 210)).
COMM1/IEC, COMM2/PC, IRIG-B or a minute pulse input continue to be
available as the backup source
(M A I N : B a c k u p S o u r c e T i m e S y n c (103 211)).
SFMON The parameter
SFMON: Inval. SW vers.COMM1 (093 075)
was renamed to
SFMON: Inval. SW COMM1/IEC (093 075)
MEASI In case a hardware fault on the temperature p/c board (RTD module) is
detected then the parameter M E A S I : R T D H W F a i l u r e (006 102)
is set. When a hardware fault is detected on the analog I/O module Y
the parameter M E A S I : I / O H W F a i l u r e (006 103) is set.
INP The setting I N P : F i l t e r (010 220) is now available for conformity with
standard IEC 60255-22-7, class A.
D-22 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

(continued)
Version Changes
ARC All parameters containing the phrase "Ineg>" in the descriptive text have
been renamed and now use the term "Iref,neg". Similarly the terms
"kIref>" and "kINref>" were renamed to "IrefP>" and "IrefN>".
THERM The descriptive text in English for the following parameter has been
changed:
T H E R M : R s e t t h e r m . r e p l . U S E R to
THERM: Reset replica USER (022 061)
MP Now the device features an “hours run” counter and this includes a
comparison to the corresponding set upper limit.
The descriptive text in English for the following parameter has been
changed:
M P : R s e t t h e r m . r e p l . U S E R to:
MP: Reset replica USER (022 073)
CBF The parameter C B F : I > (022 160) was renamed to C B F : I < .
The signal C B F : C B f a i l u r e (036 017) is now available again.
DEVxx The sate signals D E V x x : O p e n c m d . r e c e i v e d and
D E V x x : C l o s e c m d . r e c e i v e d are now issued and stored in the
operating data memory.
P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-23

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 D-24
© 2010 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.
Schneider Electric
35 rue Joseph Monier
92506 Rueil-Malmaison
FRANCE
Phone: +33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00
Fax: +33 (0) 1 41 29 71 00
www.schneider-electric.com Publishing: Schneider Electric
Publication: P139/EN M/Ea8 Version: -614 11/2010
MiCOM P139
P139/EN AD/Bk9
(AFSV.12.10261 D)
Version P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614

⇒ P139 -308 -414/415/416 -630
Upgrade Documentation
P139, Changes from software version -614 to -630
In the new version of the P139 several enhanced features and changes on existing
features have been included. These are described with references to the Technical
Manual listed below.
References
Released Version Documentation
13.08.2008 P139-307-411/412/413-614 Technical Manual
P139/EN M/Ea8
(AFSV.12.10172.D)
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-3

(continued)
Overview
Version Changes
P139-307-411/412/413-614- Hardware No modifications
718
Release: 04.08.2008
Software
IEC Bug fixing:
Reports from SIG1 to SIG40 were lost when events changed in just a
few milli-seconds.
Added to the communication protocol IEC 61850 are:

MmuPriMMXU1/PhV.neut Voltage VNG prim.
MmuPriMMXU1/PhV.res Volt. Σ(VPG)/3 prim.
MmuPriMMXU1/A.res Current ΣIP prim.
MmuSecMMXU1./PhV.neut Voltage VNG p.u.

MmuSecMMXU1/PhV.res Volt. Σ(VPG)/3 p.u.
MmuSecMMXU1/A.neut Current IN p.u.
MmuSecMXU1/A.res Current ΣIP p.u.
LOC Bug fixing:

When the French character set was selected the Spanish character set
appeared instead on the detachable HMI.
P139-307-411/412/413-614- Hardware No modifications

719
Release: 04.09.2008
Software
IEC Bug fixing:
A communications fault occurred when fast successive command
signals were received (SPC’s system/ SPCOx)
CBF Bug fixing:
The error occurring with the initialization of the 3-phase startup has been
fixed.
U-4 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
Version Changes
P139-308-414/415/416-630 Hardware Three optional new binary I/O modules are now available:
Release: 15.11.2008 Bi6Bo6H: Control board with 6 binary signal inputs and 6 output
relays with heavy duty contacts
Bo4H: Binary output relay board with 4 heavy duty contacts
Bi6Bo3: Control board with 6 binary signal inputs and 3 output
relays
Diagram The updated connection diagrams now include the interfaces with the
new binary I/O modules.
P139-414 (for 40T case, with pin-terminal connection)
P139-415 (for 40T case,
P139-416 (for 84T case, with ring-terminal connection)
Software
IEC Phase 2 of the IEC 61850 communications protocol has been
implemented.
LOC New address for the hold-time of the measured value display added.
(031 072) LOC: H o l d - t . m e a s . v . d i s p l
Values range from 1 to 60 seconds.
Default setting blocked, therefore the behavior is backward- (reverse-)
compatible (new functionality disabled).
Functionality: With the Bay Panel display the next or the previous
configured measured value may be selected by pressing the keys
"cursor down" or "cursor up". The new feature is that the next value will
appear after the set time period has elapsed. When set to blocked the
selected value will always be displayed.
Bug fixing:
The Password Display mode was not supported during a startup.
COMM 1 Communications protocol IEC 60870-5-103: When checking during test

operations it is now possible to trigger signals (SIG) and contact
positions (DEV) from the control part (previously only possible from the
protection part).
These new addresses were added:
Oper/CtrlTest/COMM1
(221 105) COMM1: S e l . p o s . d e v . t e s t – Not assigned
– DEV01 to DEV10
(221 106) COMM1: T e s t p o s i t i o n d e v . – don't execute
– execute open
– execute close
– execute intermed.
Bug fixing:
Communications protocol DNP3: Contact positions were transmitted
twice.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-5

(continued)
Version Changes
MAIN Measured operating values are now also calculated during a general
starting condition and no longer set to "Not measured".
New addresses with a 32 bit measured value display have been added
for the 4 energy measured values:
(008 065) MAIN: A c t . e n e r g y o u t p . p r i m
0 ... 6,553,500.00 MWh
(008 066) MAIN:A c t . e n e r g y i n p . p r i m
0 ... 6,553,500.00 MWh
(008 067) MAIN: R e a c t . e n . o u t p . p r i m
0 ... 6,553,500.00 Mvar h
(008 068) MAIN: R e a c t . e n . i n p . p r i m
0 ... 6,553,500.00 Mvar h
The 4 addresses with the 16 bit display and overrun counter have been
removed.
THERM The new measured operating value "Thermal current" has been
implemented as a part of function group THERM.
Status ⋅ therm ⋅ repl

I, therm, prim = • I ref • Inom ⋅ CT ⋅ prim
100
I,therm,prim: T H E R M : C u r r e n t I , t h e r m p r i m (007 220)
Status therm repl: T H E R M : S t a t u s T H E R M r e p l i c a (004 016)
Iref: THERM: Iref PSx
(072 179, 073 179, 074 179, 075 179)
Inom CT prim: MAIN: Inom C.T. prim. (010 001)
The per-unit thermal current is displayed as a variable referred to Iref:

I, therm, prim
I, therm, p.u. =
I ref • Inom ⋅ CT ⋅ prim
I,therm,p.u.: THERM: Current I,therm p.u (007 221)
In a measured values message the thermal current is processed as a
per-unit variable referred to Iref.
V<> The stages Vref>, Vref>> and Vef<, Vref<< have been added to the time-
voltage protection function:
New parameters:
007 064, 007 071, 007 075, 007 079 V<>: Vref> PSx
007 065, 007 068, 007 072, 007 076 V<>: Vref>> PSx
007 066, 007 069, 007 073, 007 077 V<>: tVref> PSx
007 067, 007 070, 007 074, 007 078 V<>: tVref>> PSx
007 086, 007 097, 007 101, 007 105 V<>: Vref< PSx
007 087, 007 098, 007 102, 007 106 V<>: Vref<< PSx
007 088, 007 099, 007 103, 007 107 V<>: tVref< PSx
007 096, 007 100, 007 104, 007 108 V<>: tVref<< PSx
U-6 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
Version Changes
F_KEY Bug fixing:
The function key selection (function group F_KEY) has been removed
from the configuration.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-7

(continued)
2. Functional Details
2.1 Communication Interface IEC 61850 (Function Group IEC)
As a further option the protection and control unit features an interface protocol
according to the Ethernet-based communication standard IEC 61850. With regard to the
implementation and configuration of the IEC communication interface the P139 versions
as of firmware version -630 are now different from previous design versions.
IEC 61850
IEC 61850 was created jointly by users and manufacturers as an international standard.
The main target of IEC 61850 is interoperability of devices. This includes the capability
of two or more intelligent electronic devices (IED), manufactured by the same company
or different companies, to exchange data for combined operation.
This communication standard IEC 61850 has now created an open and common basis
for communication from the process control level down to the network control level, for
the exchange of signals, data, measured values and commands.
For a standardized description of all information and services available in a field device a
data model, which lists all visible functions, is created. Such a data model, specifically
created for each device, is used as a basis for an exchange of data between the devices
and all process control installations interested in such information. In order to facilitate
engineering at the process control level a standardized description file of the device,
based on XML, is created with the help of the data model. This file can be imported and
processed further by the relevant configuration program used by the process control
device. This makes possible an automated creation of process variables, substations
and signal images.
Available is the following documentation providing the description of the IEC 61850 data
model which is used with this unit:
IDC file based on XML in the SCL (Substation Configuration Description Language)
with a description of data, properties and services, available from the protection and
control unit, that are to be imported into the configuration tool "IED Configurator” or
into a system configurator.
PICS_MICS_ADL file with the following contents:
PICS (Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement) with an overview of
available services.
MICS (Model Implementation Conformance Statement) with an overview of
available object types.
ADL (Address Assignment List) with an overview of the assignment of parameter
addresses (signals, measuring values, commands, etc.) used by the protection
and control unit with the data model as per IEC 61850.
U-8 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
Ethernet module
The optional Ethernet module provides an RJ45 connection and a fiber optic interface
where an Ethernet network can be connected. The selection which of the two interfaces
is to be used to connect to the Ethernet network is made by setting the parameter
[IC ]: M e d i a . There are two ordering variants available for the fiber-optic interface:
the ST connector and the SC connector both for 100 Mbit/s and 1300 nm (a third variant
ST connector for 100 Mbit/s and 1300 nm is pending). The RJ45 connector supports 10
Mbit/s and 100 Mbit/s.
The optional Ethernet module additionally provides an RS485 interface for remote
access with the operating program MiCOM S1 (function group COMM2).
Notes: The protection and control unit may be equipped with the optional Ethernet
module only as an alternative to the standard optional communication
module. Therefore the Ethernet based communication protocol IEC 61850 is
only available as an alternative to function group COMM1.
Configuration and enabling

The IEC function group can be included in the configuration by setting the parameter
I E C : F u n c t i o n g r o u p I E C . This parameter is only visible if the optional Ethernet
communication module is fitted to the protection and control unit. After having included
the parameter I E C : F u n c t i o n g r o u p I E C in the configuration the parameter
I E C : G e n e r a l e n a b l e U S E R and the parameters for internal clock tracking are
visible and freely configurable.
All further visible setting parameters from the IEC function group provide information
only. They are set with the "IED Configurator", but they cannot be modified from the
local control panel (HMI) or with the operating program. In the following description text
they are identified by the characters "[IC ]:...".
The function can be enabled or disabled by setting I E C : G e n e r a l e n a b l e U S E R .
The setting parameters from the IEC function group as well as the related function
groups GOOSE and GSSE are not automatically active in the protection and control unit.
The protection and control unit features two memory "banks" one of which includes the
active setting parameters. The other memory bank is used with the configuration
procedure for parameters from the IED Configurator and the operating system. Specific
project-related extensions of the IEC 61850 parameters from the IED Configurator are
loaded into the protection and control unit by downloading a .MCL file. The inactive
communication parameters are activated by executing the command
I E C : S w i t c h C o n f i g . B a n k . This command may also be issued from the
IED Configurator.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-9

(continued)
System configurator
PACiS SCE
.iid
.scd
.icd
IED Configurator IED Configurator
S&R 103
.mcl .x3v Operating program
19Z7001 A_EN
U-1 Configuration according to IEC 61850-6
U-10 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
IEC 61850 parameters separate from protection device parameters!
IED
Control PC
Processor module
Operating program
Device
parameter s
Parameter
Parameter download switch
IED Ethernet module

Configurator Parameter upload IEC 61850 IEC 61850
parameter parameter
Bank 1 Bank 2
Bank switching to enable the

device parameters
New approach to IED parameter management
19Z7002 A_EN
U-2 Saving configuration parameters
Client log-on
Communication in Ethernet no longer occurs in a restrictive master slave system, as is
common with other protocols. Instead server or client functionalities, as defined in the
'Abstract Communication Service Interface' (ACSI, IEC 61870-7-2), are assigned to the
protection and control units. A 'server' is always that unit which provides information to
other units. A client may log on to this server in order to receive information, for instance
'reports'. In its function as server the protection and control unit can supply up to 16
clients, linked into the network, with spontaneous or cyclic information.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-11

(continued)
Clock synchronization
With IEC 61850 clock synchronization occurs via the SNTP protocol, defined as
standard for Ethernet. Here the protection and control unit functions as an SNTP client.
For clock synchronization one can choose between the operating modes Anycast from
SNTP Server or Request from Server. With the first operating mode synchronization
occurs by a broadcast message sent from the SNTP server to all units in the network,
and in the second operating mode the protection and control unit requests a unit-specific
time signal during a settable cycle.
Two SNTP servers may be set. In this case, clock synchronization is preferably
performed by the first server. The second server is only reverted to if no signal is
received from the first server.
When looking at the source priority for clock synchronization, which is set at the MAIN
function then, by selecting "COMM1/IEC", synchronization per IEC 61850 is
automatically active but only if this communication protocol is applied.
Generating datasets,
reporting
The specific project related feature of the protection and control unit’s communications
behavior is determined by the configuration of datasets, reports and high priority
transmission methods. A piece of information must be included in a dataset so as to be
transmitted as a signal. A dataset is a list to transmit certain data objects. The selection
of data objects and the resulting length of the dataset is determined by the application;
merely the maximum size of a dataset to be transmitted by GOOSE (see next section) is
limited to 1500 bytes. Data objects provided by the protection and control unit are
available for selection with a structure as specified by IEC 61850. Within the quality
descriptor for each piece of information the invalid bit and the test bit are served
according to the protection and control unit’s state; the other attributes are not set. Any
number of datasets may be created with the IED Configurator. Saving datasets at
System\LLN0 is compulsory. The knowledge of dataset content is imperative for
decoding and evaluating received signals. Configuration files possess a listing of all
datasets with a description of all data objects included.
Next to their use with high priority transmission methods (see following section) datasets
are used mainly for reporting. The protection and control unit provides up to sixteen
unbuffered reports and eight buffered reports independent of the number of clients
logged-on. Management is arranged into sixteen Unbuffered Report Control Blocks
(urcbA to urcbP) and eight Buffered Report Control Blocks (brcbA to brcbH). Whereas
with unbuffered reporting pieces of information may be lost during a communications
failure, the buffered report control blocks support a buffered transmission which is
required for the uninterrupted writing of events. A pre-defined dataset may be assigned
to each report which will then determine which data object will be transmitted with the
relevant report. Assigning datasets is not limited; the same dataset may be referenced
in various reports or even in GOOSEs.
The protection and control unit can serve up to sixteen clients. Each client can log-on to
any number of available reports, but one report is always allocated exclusively to only
one client. The client is then able to activate the wanted report for himself and to set the
transmission behavior to his requirements. The system concept with intended clients
must be taken into account when datasets are assigned to the reports.
Reports are not received by the protection and control units.
U-12 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
Transmitting modeled
signals not provided by the
IEC 61850 data model
In addition to the information included in the IEC 61850 data model an optional number
of up to 16 signals can be selected from all the signals available in the protection and
control unit to be transmitted via reporting. A selection of state signals (shuttling to
communications) is made by setting I E C : S i g G G I O 1 s e l e c t i o n . The data object
indexes defined for SigGGIO1 must follow the sequence given for the ‘m out of n’
selection for the state signals. The indexes SigGGIO1.ST.ind1 to SigGGIO1.ST.ind16
may then be included in the datasets just as the other data objects.
Single commands
Single commands (e.g. short command, long command, persistent command) are
configured with the operating program. Sending commands to the protection and control
unit can be carried out from all clients that have previously logged-on to the protection
and control unit. But only one command at a time is carried out. The operating mode
Direct control with normal security is provided for single commands.
Control of switchgear
devices
Configuration of control of switchgear devices for the IEC 61850 is only possible with the
IED Configurator.
Control of switchgear devices can be carried out from all clients that have previously
logged-on to the protection and control unit. Only one control command is carried out at
a time, i.e. further control requests issued by other clients during the effecting of such a
command are rejected. The following operating modes [ I C ] : c t l M o d e l are available
to control external devices by clients and they can be individually set for each switchgear
device:
Status only
Direct control with enhanced security
SBO (Select before operate) with enhanced security
When set to the operating mode Select before operate the switchgear device is selected
by the client before the control command is issued. Because of this selection the
switchgear device is reserved for the client. Control requests issued by other clients are
rejected. If after a selection no control command is issued by the client the protection
and control unit resets this selection after a settable timeout period [IC ]: s b o T i m e o u t
(default: 2 minutes) has elapsed.
If with a system application it must be ensured that only one control command is being
processed system wide ("uniqueness") then interlocking of secondary units among
themselves is set up with GOOSE. For further details see description of function group
GOOSE.
The switchgear device’s contact positions are signaled to the clients with the reports.
Fault transmission
Including fault transmission for the IEC 61850 in the configuration is only possible with
the IED Configurator.
Transmission of fault files is supported per "File Transfer". COMTRADE fault files in the
protection and control unit are transmitted uniformly either as ASCII or binary formatted
files. Fault transmission can be cancelled from the configuration.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-13

(continued)
High priority transmission

of information
Whereas normal server-client services are transmitted at the MMS and TCP/IP level the
high priority transmission of information is carried out directly at Ethernet level.
Furthermore messages in such a particular form can be received by all participants in
the relevant sub-network, independent of their server or client function. They are
deployed in instances where high speed transmission of information is wanted between
two or more devices. Applications, for example, are reverse interlocking, transfer trip or
decentralized substation interlock.
The standard IEC 61850 provides two modes for high priority transmission of
information: the GSSE and the GOOSE. The GSSE (also named UCA2-GOOSE ) is
used to transmit binary information with a simple configuration by 'bit pairs', and it is
compatible with UCA2. The GOOSE enables transmission of all data formats available
in the data model, such as binary information, integer values, two-pole contact position
signals or analog measured values. The protection and control unit supports receipt and
evaluation of GOOSE including binary information and two-pole contact position signals
from external devices.
Communication with the
operating program
MiCOM S1 via the Ethernet
interface
Direct access by the operating program MiCOM S1 via the Ethernet interface on the
protection and control unit may occur through the "tunneling principle". Transmission is
carried out by an Ethernet Standard Protocol, but this is only supported by the
associated operating program MiCOM S1 (specific manufacturer solution). Such
transmission is accomplished over the same hardware for the network, which is used for
server-client communication. Available are all the familiar functions offered by the
operating program MiCOM S1 such as reading/writing of setting parameters or retrieving
stored data.
U-14 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
Function group IEC presents the following parameters, measured values and signals:
Parameters listed in italic letters provide information only. They are set with
the IEC 61850 configuration tool "IED Configurator", but they cannot be
modified from the local control panel (HMI) or with the operating program.
Configuration parameters in IEC: Function group IEC 056 059
the operating program

Cancelling function group IEC or including it in the configuration. If the
function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated
settings and signals are hidden.
IEC: General enable USER 104 000
Enabling and disabling function group IEC.

IEC: Switch Config. Bank 104 043
This parameter can only be sent individually. Accepting the previously set
communication parameters as the active communication settings.
IEC: Active Config. Name 104 045
Name of the configuration bank currently valid.

Setting is carried out with the IED Configurator.
IEC: Active Config. Vers. 104 046
Version number of the configuration bank currently valid.

IEC: Inact. Config. Name 104 047
Name of the inactive configuration bank.

IEC: Inact. Config. Vers. 104 048
Version number of the inactive configuration bank.

IEC: IED name 104 057
Explicitly assigned device name for the function in the system (IED); is part
of the Logical Device Name.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-15

(continued)
IEC: IP address 104 001
Explicitly assigned IP address of the protection and control unit used for the
server function in the system.
IEC: Subnet mask 104 005
The subnet mask defines which part of the IP address is addressed by the
sub-network and which part by the device that is logged-on to the network.
IEC: Gateway address 104 011
This parameter defines the IPv4 address of the network gateway for
communication links to clients outside of the local network.
IEC: SNTP server 1 IP 104 202
IP address of the preferred server used for clock synchronization.

IEC: SNTP server 2 IP 104 210
IP address of the backup server used for clock synchronization

IEC: SigGGIO1 selection 104 064
Optional signal assignment for a transmission per communication protocol

IEC 61850 based on the selection table of the binary inputs (opto coupler
inputs).
IEC: Diff. local time 104 206
Time difference between UTC and local time at the protection and control
unit’s substation.
IEC: Diff. dayl.sav. time 104 207
Time difference of the daylight saving time to standard time.

IEC: Switch.dayl.sav.time 104 219
This setting defines whether an automatic switching to daylight saving time

is wanted.
IEC: Dayl.sav.time start 104 220
IEC: Dayl.sav.time st. d 104 221
IEC: Dayl.sav.time st. m 104 222
These three parameters define the date for switching from standard time
over to daylight saving time. By combining the three parameters
I E C : D a y l . s a v . t i m e s t a r t (values "first", "second", "third", "fourth",
"last"), I E C : D a y l . s a v . t i m e s t . d (seven weekdays) and
I E C : D a y l . s a v . t i m e s t . m (month) a setting, for example, such as
"on the last Sunday in March" can be carried out.
IEC: Dayl.sav.t.st.0:00 + 104 223
Time period in minutes after midnight when daylight saving time is switched
to standard time. If for example the clock is advanced one hour from
2:00 AM to 3:00 AM the parameter I E C : D a y l . s a v . t . s t . 0 : 0 0 + is set
to 120 (minutes).
IEC: Dayl.sav.time end 104 225
IEC: Dayl.sav.time end d 104 226
IEC: Dayl.sav.time end m 104 227
IEC: Dayl.sav.t.end 0:00+ 104 228
These parameters define the date and time of day for the clock changeover
from daylight saving time to standard time. Settings are made similar to the
changeover to daylight saving time.
U-16 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
Parameter, unit identification DVICE: MAC address module A 104 061
MAC address for the network hardware of the Ethernet module. This
address is introduced during manufacture and can only be read.
Function parameters COUNT: Iec61850 pulsQty 221 096
associated with IEC 61850,

general function
Setting the scaling factor to transmit the counter value via communication
protocol IEC 61850. According to the standard the resulting value is
calculated as:
Value transmitted = actual value * pulsQty
(see IEC 61850: Value = actVal * pulsQty).
Operation, cyclic values, IEC: Comm. link faulty 105 180
logic state signals

Display when an Ethernet module is not operational, i.e. if the MAC address
is missing or there is a non-plausible parameter setting.
IEC: Control reservation 221 082
Display if a client has made a reservation to control an external device

("select" for control by control mode "select before operate").
Configuration parameters in IED Details: SCL File ID

the IED Configurator
Identification of the .MCL configuration file; preset.
IED Details: SCL File Version
Specific value to identify the IEC 61850 data model and configuration;
preset.
IED Details: Name
Explicitly assigned unit name for the function in the system (IED); is part of
the Logical Device Name.
Further specific values listed in the column "Template Details” only provide
information. They are preset and can not be modified.
Communications: Connected Sub-Network

Optional name available to identify the Ethernet.
Communications: Access Point
Part of the communications control; preset, cannot be modified.
Communications: IP Address
Explicitly assigned IP address of the protection and control unit for the
server function in the system.
Communications: SubNet Mask
The subnet mask defines which part of the IP address is addressed by the
sub-network and which part by the device that is logged-on to the network.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-17

(continued)
Communications: Gateway Address

This parameter defines the IPv4 address of the network gateway for
communication links to clients outside of the local network.
Communications: Media
Network hardware provided as fiber optics or twisted pair copper wires.
Communications: TCP Keepalive
Communication monitoring at TCP level; preset.
Communications: Database Lock Timeout
Return time period for setting procedures that have commenced; preset.
SNTP: Poll Rate (seconds)
Polling interval for clock synchronization; preset.
SNTP: Accepted Stratum level
Quality criterion to accept an SNTP server for clock synchronization; preset,
cannot be modified.
SNTP: IP Address
IP address of the preferred server used for clock synchronization.
SNTP: virtual key "Use Anycast"
Appointing any server in the local network to provide clock synchronization.
Further specific values listed in the column "External server parameters"

may be accepted when imported from a XML configuration file.
Dataset Definitions: Name

Explicitly assigned name for the dataset.
Dataset Definitions: Location
Saving datasets at System\LLN0 is compulsory.
Dataset Definitions: Contents
Content (data objects, data attributes) of a dataset
Dataset Definitions: Display “GOOSE Capacity”
Checking the length of a dataset for less than 1500 bytes to permit
transmission in GOOSE messages. The display is irrelevant when the
dataset is only used in reports.
Report Control Blocks: Report Type
Report type
Unbuffered updating
Buffered saving
Report Control Blocks: Report ID
Report ID consisting of the Device Name and the Report Control Block.
Report Control Blocks: Dataset Reference
Name of the dataset assigned to the report.
U-18 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
Report Control Blocks: Configuration Revision

Revision status of the configuration.
Controls: ctlModel
To control external devices the following operating modes can be set:
Status only
manually operated switching device
Direct control with enhanced security
direct command issue with extended monitoring of command effecting
SBO (Select before operate) with enhanced security
switching device selection procedure with extended monitoring of
command effecting
Controls: sboTimeout
Return time period after selection without having a issued command.
Controls: Uniqueness of Control: Multicast MAC Address
Virtual MAC address used as a receive filter; preset.
Controls, Uniqueness of Control: Application ID (hex)
ID-number of the GOOSE.
Controls, Uniqueness of Control: Source Path
Information data attribute in the transmitting device.
Controls, Uniqueness of Control: GOOSE Identifier
ID of the GOOSE in the transmitting device.
Controls, Uniqueness of Control: Dataset Reference
Name of the dataset assigned to the GOOSE in the transmitting device.
Controls, Uniqueness of Control: Configuration Revision
Configuration revision status of the transmitting device.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-19

(continued)
Controls, Uniqueness of Control: Data Obj Index

Position index of the data object within the GOOSE.
Controls, Uniqueness of Control: Default Input Value
Default value for the information in case GOSSE receipt has failed:
False default: not set
True default: set
Last Known Value default: retain last value received
Double Point: Intermediate (00) default: switching device in
intermediate position
Double Point: Off (01) default: switching device open
Double Point: On (10) default: switching device closed
Double Point: Bad state (11) default: switching device in
Measurements: Unit multiplier

Multiplication factor; not supported.
Measurements: Scaled measurement range Min
Lower measuring range limit value; not supported.
Measurements: Scaled measurement range Max
Upper measuring range limit value; not supported.
Measurements: Dead band
Multiplier for the smallest display value of the measured value. In order to
have the current measured value sent when it has changed from the value
last sent the result of the set dead band value multiplied by the smallest
display value must exceed the smallest display value.
Configurable Data Attributes: Mod.measCyc: Value
Transmission of measured values: Time interval in seconds between two
dead band evaluations.
Configurable Data Attributes: Mod.enCyc: Value
Cyclic transmission of measured values without dead band check: Time
interval in seconds between transmissions of two energy count values.
Configurable Data Attributes: Mod.comtrade: Value
Transmission of COMTRADE fault files formatted either as ASCII or binary
files.
Configurable Data Attributes: Mod.distExtr: Value
Cancelling fault transmission or including it in the configuration.
Further specific values listed in the column "Data type” only provide
information. They are preset and cannot be modified.
U-20 P139/EN AD/Bk9 // AFSV.12.10261 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
2.2 Generic Object Oriented Substation Event (Function Group GOOSE)
For high priority exchange of information between individual units (IEDs) in a local
network, the protection and control unit provides the function group GOOSE as defined
in the standard IEC 61850. GOOSE features high-speed and secure transmission of
information for reverse interlocking, decentralized substation interlock, trip commands,
blocking, enabling, contact position signals and other signals.
GOOSE Messages are only transmitted by switches but not by routers. GOOSE
messages therefore remain in the local network to which the protection and control unit
is logged-on.
Configuration and enabling
Function group GOOSE can be configured with the parameter
G O O S E : F u n c t i o n g r o u p G O O S E . This parameter is only visible if the optional
Ethernet communication module is fitted to the protection and control unit. After having
configured the GOOSE all parameters associated to this function group are then visible
and ready to be configured.
Further setting parameters from function group GOOSE are set with the
IED Configurator, but they cannot be modified from the local control panel (MMI) or with
the operating program.
The function can then be enabled or disabled by setting

GOOSE: General enable USER.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-21

(continued)
» Device A » Device B
IEC 61850 S1 Studio System/GosGGIO2 S1 Studio
Mapping GOOSE: Output 1 ... 32 GOOSE: Input 1 ... 32
System/GosGGIO2.ST.ind1 ... 32
IED Configurator IED Configurator System/GosGGIO1

System/LLN 0/Datasetx Pos1.stVal ... Pos32.stVal
IED Configurator
MCL
System/LLN0/gcb01 ... 08
IED Configurator System/DevGosGGIO3
Pos1.stVal ... Pos32.stVal
Fixed assignment
S1 Studio
Ext.Dev 1 … 32
19Z7003 A_EN
U-3 GOOSE configuration
U-22 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
Sending GOOSE
The GOOSE can send up to eight different GOOSE messages which are managed in
eight GOOSE Control Blocks (gcb01 to gcb08). Information content depends on the
respective dataset assigned to GOOSE. The maximum size of a dataset to be sent by
GOOSE is limited to 1500 bytes. A control display is shown by the IED Configurator to
check this limit.
When defining the datasets for GOOSE it is advised to select the individual data
attributes and not the overlapping data objects. By this the amount of data is kept within
a limit and decoding is guaranteed on the receiving end.
In addition to the information included in the IEC 61850 data model an optional number
of up to 32 signals can be selected from all the signals available in the protection and
control unit to be transmitted via GOOSE, as it is also possible with reporting.
Selection of binary state signals (shuttling to communications) is made by setting
G O O S E : O u t p u t n f c t . a s s i g . (n = 1 to 32). The data object indexes defined for
SigGGIO1 must follow the function assignments for the GOOSE outputs. The indexes
GosGGIO2.ST.ind1 to GosGGIO2.ST.ind32 may then be included in the datasets just as
the other data objects.
When a state change occurs with a selected state signal or a measured value changes
which is greater than the dead band set for the relevant data point then the complete
GOOSE is sent. There will be multiple send repetitions at ascending time periods.
The first send repetition occurs at the given cycle time set with the parameter
[ I C ] : M i n i m u m C y c l e T i m e . The cycles for the following send repetitions result
from a conditional equation with the increment set with the parameter
[ I C ] : I n c r e m e n t . Should no further state changes occur up to the time when the
maximum cycle time has elapsed [IC ]: M a xi m u m C yc l e T i m e , then GOOSE will be
sent cyclically at intervals as set for the maximum cycle time.
In order to have unambiguous identification of a GOOSE sent, characteristics such as
[IC]: Multicast MAC Address, [IC]: Application ID (hex),
[ I C ] : V L A N I d e n t i f i e r ( h e x ) , [ I C ] : V L A N P r i o r i t y and
[IC]: GOOSE Identifier
must be entered in the IED Configurator settings. Further characteristics are
[IC]: Dataset Reference and [IC]: Configuration Revision.
Each GOOSE is given the state change index and the number of send repetitions.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-23

(continued)
Receiving GOOSE
With GOOSE up to 32 logic binary state signals as well as 32 two-pole contact position
signals from external devices (Ext.Devxx) can be received. For each state signal or
contact position signal to be received a specific GOOSE message is to be selected,
which will contain the information wanted, by setting [IC ]: M u l ti c a s t M AC Ad d r e s s ,
[IC]: Application ID (hex), [IC]: Source Path, [IC]: GOOSE Identifier
and [IC ]: D a ta Se t R e fe r e n c e . With the further setting of
[ I C ] : D a t a O b j I n d e x / T y p e , which corresponds to the GOOSE position index and
the information structure of the sending unit, the required information from the chosen
GOOSE will be selected. The identification features "VLAN identifier" and
[ I C ] : C o n f i g u r a t i o n R e v i s i o n that are also included in the GOOSE received will
not be evaluated.
These parameters characterizing the information may be taken either from unit or project
planning documentation of the sending unit or from a configuration file which is conform
to IEC 61850. The IED Configurator will support the import of .IID, .SCD and .MCL files
when the "browse function" (virtual key) is applied. The selection and acceptance of
parameters from an existing project planning is distinguished by a simplified and very
reliable data input.
Should the data type of the selected data object provide quality information then this can
be evaluated. When activating [I C ] : Q u a l i t y O b j I n d e x the distance of the quality
descriptor to the data object (if not preset) must be given as well as the quality criterion,
which is to be tested. A signal is rejected when one of the bits
([IC ]: In va l i d i ty Q u a l i ty b i ts , see displayed bar with bit state) is received as a set
bit. These parameters are usually described in a configuration file and are accepted
from there during an import action.
Each GOOSE includes time information on the duration of validity of its information.
This corresponds to the double time period to the next GOOSE repetition. If the duration
of validity has elapsed without having received this GOOSE again (i.e. because of a fault
in communications), the signals received will automatically be set to their respective
default value [ I C ] : D e f a u l t I n p u t V a l u e . Which of the possible state values will set
the wanted security grade is dependent on the relevant application.
The following configuration (shuttling to the protection and control unit functions) of the
logic state signals received from the logic node GosGGIO1
(G O O S E : I n p u t n f c t . a s s i g . (n = 1 to 32)) is made on the basis of the selection
table of the binary signal inputs (opto-coupler inputs). Contact position signals received
from external devices (LN: DevGosGGIO3) are listed in the selection table for
interlocking equations of the function group ILOCK, which are available to design a
decentralized substation interlock.
The virtual key "Unmap" may be used to remove the link of a binary signal input to an
external data point. In such a case all entries for this binary signal input are deleted.
U-24 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
Uniqueness of control
within a system
If with a system application it must be ensured that only one control command at a time
is being processed system wide ("uniqueness") then interlocking of secondary units
among themselves is setup with GOOSE. The protection and control unit sets the status
information Control/LLN0.ST.OrdRun.stVal. when it has received a control command.
This information – stored in a dataset – is distributed in the system by GOOSE and is
therefore available to all other units as an interlocking condition. The state information is
reset and accordingly signaled after termination of the command sequence.
The protection and control unit is capable to monitor the command status of up to 32
further units. With the IED Configurator OrdRunGGIO1.ind1.stVal to
OrdRunGGIO1.ind32.stVal are configured in a similar way to the other GOOSE inputs.
A shuttling to the interlocking equations is not necessary as their consideration within
command checking is automatically enabled when the first binary signal input is
configured. During a signaling receipt phase command effecting will be rejected.
» Device A » Device B
IED Configurator S1 Studio
Control/LLN0.ST.OrdRun.stVal
IED Configurator
System/LLN 0/Datasetx
IED Configurator IED Configurator System/OrdRunGGIO1
System/LLN0/gcb01 ... 08
MCL Ind1.stVal ... Ind32.stVal
19Z7004 A_EN
U-4 Uniqueness of Control
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-25

(continued)
The function group GOOSE presents the following parameters, measured values and
signals:
Configuration parameters in GOOSE: Function group GOOSE 056 068
the operating program

Cancelling function group GOOSE or including it in the configuration. If the
function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated
settings and signals are hidden.
Parameters included in this function group are only effective when function
group IEC is configured and enabled and when the parameters in this
function group have been activated by setting the parameter
IEC: S w i t c h C o n f i g . B a n k .
GOOSE: General enable USER 106 001
Enabling and disabling function group GOOSE.
U-26 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
GOOSE: Output 1 fct.assig. 106 011
Function assignment of a binary logical state signal to the virtual GOOSE

outputs. Signals configured here can be included as GosGGIO2.ST.ind1 to
GosGGIO2.ST.ind32 in the datasets.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-27

(continued)
GOOSE: Input 1 fct.assig. 107 006
Function assignment of the virtual binary GOOSE inputs

(GosGGIO1\Pos1.stVal to GosGGIO1\Pos32.stVal) to a binary logical state
signal on the protection and control unit so that they can be processed
further by the protection, control or logic functions. Signals configured here
contain the received and pre-processed state of data attributes configured
for GOOSE receipt.
U-28 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
Physical State Signals GOOSE: Output 1 state 106 010
GOOSE: Output 2 state 106 012
Display of the virtual binary GOOSE output state.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-29

(continued)
GOOSE: Input 1 state 106 200
Display of the virtual binary GOOSE input state.
U-30 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
Logic State Signals GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 position 109 000
State of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of an

external device.
(Addresses 109 000,109 005…109 175 for the external devices Dev01 to
Dev32.)
GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 open 109 001
Binary open state of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the
state of an external device.
Dev32.)
GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 closed 109 002
Binary closed state of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the
state of an external device.
Dev32.)
GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 interm.pos 109 003
Binary intermediate position state of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input,

representing the state of an external device.
Dev32.)
GOOSE: IED01 link faulty 107 180
Display whether GOOSE receipt of the configured signal is faulty or not

available. To each GOOSE the GOOSE sending device will attach a
validity stamp, up to which a repetition of GOOSE will be carried out
independent of a change of state. Thus the protection and control unit
monitors the time period at which the next state signal must be received.
(Addresses 107 180…107 215 for IED01 to IED32.)
GOOSE: ExtDev01 link faulty 107 216
Display whether GOOSE receipt of the configured external device is faulty

or not available. To each GOOSE the GOOSE sending device will attach a
validity stamp, up to which a repetition of GOOSE will be carried out
independent of a change of state. Thus the protection and control unit
monitors the time period at which the next state signal must be received.
(Addresses 107 216…107 247 for the external devices Dev01 to Dev32.)
GOOSE: IED link faulty 107 250
Display which appears as soon as receipt of at least one of the configured

GOOSEs is faulty or not available. To each GOOSE the GOOSE sending
device will attach a validity stamp, up to which a repetition of GOOSE will be
carried out independent of a change of state. Thus the protection and
control unit monitors the time period at which the next state signal must be
received.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-31

(continued)
Configuration parameters in GOOSE Publishing: Multicast MAC Address

the IED Configurator
Virtual MAC address that the sending unit provides as the destination;
preset.
GOOSE Publishing: Application ID (hex)
Explicitly assigned ID-number of the GOOSE.
GOOSE Publishing: VLAN Identifier (hex)
ID-number of the virtual LAN with which the GOOSE is sent; preset.
GOOSE Publishing: VLAN Priority
Priority with which the GOOSE is sent in the virtual LAN; preset.
GOOSE Publishing: Minimum Cycle Time
First send repetition of the GOOSE occurring after the set time period;
preset.
GOOSE Publishing: Maximum Cycle Time
Continuous send repetition of the GOOSE occurring after the set time
period; preset.
GOOSE Publishing: Increment
Specification factor for the transition of time intervals for GOOSE send
repetitions from the first to the continuous repetition.
GOOSE Publishing: GOOSE Identifier
GOOSE ID consisting of the Device Name and the GOOSE Control Block.
GOOSE Publishing: Dataset Reference
Name of the dataset assigned to the GOOSE.
GOOSE Publishing: Configuration Revision
Revision status of the configuration.
U-32 P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

(continued)
GOOSE Subscribing: Multicast MAC Address

Virtual MAC address used as a receive filter; preset.
GOOSE Subscribing: Application ID (hex)
ID-number of the GOOSE.
GOOSE Subscribing: Source Path
Information data attribute in the transmitting device.
GOOSE Subscribing: GOOSE Identifier
ID of the GOOSE in the transmitting device.
GOOSE Subscribing: Dataset Reference
Name of the dataset assigned to the GOOSE in the transmitting device.
GOOSE Subscribing: Configuration Revision
Configuration revision status of the transmitting device.
GOOSE Subscribing: Data Obj Index
Position index of the data object within the GOOSE.
GOOSE Subscribing: Data Type
Structure of the data object; possible settings:
Unknown Unknown
Boolean Boolean
Int8 Integer, with 8 digits
UInt8 Positive integer, with 8 digits
Float Floating-point number
BStr2 Binary state, with 2 digits
SPS Single-pole signal
DPS Two-pole signal
GOOSE Subscribing: Quality Obj Index
Distance of the quality descriptor to the data object if not preset. The quality
of the received information is to be tested if such has been configured.
P139/EN AD/Ak9 // AFSV.12.10260 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 U-33

(continued)
GOOSE Subscribing: Invalidity Quality bits

Quality criterion, which is to be tested.
Invalid / Questionable Invalid / questionable
Source Information source is faulty
Relay test Sending unit is set to test mode
OperatorBlocked Blocked by operator
and
Overflow Measured value has exceeded its capacity
OutofRange Measured value has exceeded its range
BadReference Referenced value is faulty
Oscillatory Value is volatile
Failure Faulty
OldData Information is out-of-date
Inconsistent Information is unreliable
Inaccurate Information is inaccurate
GOOSE Subscribing: Evaluation Expression
Criteria to check the received information content by comparing it with a set
integer value; the parameter is not supported in the protection and control
unit.
Equal to Compared to: equal
Not equal to Compared to: unequal
Greater than Compared to: greater
Less than Compared to: less
Pass through Do not compare
GOOSE Subscribing: Default Input Value
Default value for the information in case GOSSE receipt has failed
False Default: not set
True Default: set
Last Known Value Default: retain last value received
Double Point: Intermediate (00) Default: switching device in
Double Point: Off (01) Default: switching device open
Double Point: On (10) Ddefault: switching device closed
Double Point: Bad state (11) Default: switching device in
U-34 P139/EN AD/Bk9 // AFSV.12.10261 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630

Customer Care Centre
http://www.schneider-electric.com/CCC
Schneider Electric
FRANCE
Phone: +33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00
Fax: +33 (0) 1 41 29 71 00
Publication: P139/EN AD/Bk9 // AFSV.12.10261 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-630 06/2011
MiCOM P139
P139/EN AD/Ab9
(AFSV.12.10360 D)
Version P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614
=> P139 -308 -414/415/416 -615
Update Documentation
P139, changes in software version -614 to -615
(continued)
features have been included. These are described with reference to the Technical
Manuals listed below.
References
Release Version Documentation
AFSV.12.10172 D
P139/EN AD/Ab9 // AFSV.12.10360 EN /// P139-308-414/415/416-615 U-3

(continued)
1 Overview
Version Changes
P139-307-411/412/413-614 Hardware No changes
-718
Release: 04.08.2008
Diagram No changes
Software
IEC Bug fixing:
Reports from SIG1 to SIG40 were lost when events changed in just a
few milli-seconds.
Added to the communication protocol IEC 61850 are:
MmuPriMMXU1/PhV.neut Voltage VNG prim.
MmuPriMMXU1/PhV.res Volt. ∑(VPG)/3 prim.
MmuPriMMXU1/A.res Current ∑IP prim.
MmuSecMMXU1./PhV.neut Voltage VNG p.u.

MmuSecMMXU1/PhV.res Volt. ∑(VPG)/3 p.u.
MmuSecMMXU1/A.neut Current IN p.u.
MmuSecMXU1/A.res Current ∑IP p.u.
VOB Bug fixing:
On the Detachable HMI, the Spanish character set was displayed
instead of the selected French character set.
-719
Release: 04.09.2008
Diagram No changes
Software
IEC Bug fixing:
A communications fault occurred when fast successive command
signals were received (SPC’s system / SPCOx).
CBF Bug fixing:
A bug occurring upon initialization of 3-phase startup has been fixed.
U-4
(continued)
Version Changes
P139-308-414/415/416-615 Hardware The following three new binary I/O modules are now available as
Release: 30.04.2009 ordering options:
Bi6Bo6H: Binary module with 6 binary signal inputs and 6 high-power
contacts
Bo4H: Binary module with 4 high-power contacts
Bi6Bo3: Binary module with 6 binary signal inputs and 3 output
relays
Diagram The updated connection diagrams include the wiring configuration for the
P139 -414 (for case 40TE, pin-terminal connection)
P139 -415 (for case 40TE, CT/VT ring-,
all other modules pin-terminal connection)
P139 -416 (for case 84TE, ring-terminal connection)
Software Bug fixing: All parameters of function group FKEY (which is not
supported by this device) were removed. (Since the HMI of the P139
does not have any function keys, these parameters were invalid.)
LOC New parameter for the hold-time of the measured values display.
Range: 1 to 60 seconds.
The default value is blocked, so that the behavior is backward-
compatible (i.e. the new functionality is deactivated).
Functionality: On the Bay Panel, one can select the previous or next
configured measured value by pressing the “Up” or “Down” key,
respectively. This works exactly like before. The new feature is that
always after the set time the display automatically steps forward to the
next value. If the parameter is set to blocked, the selected measured
value is always displayed.
Bug fixing:
The password display mode during start-up was not supported.
COMM1 Communications protocol IEC 60870-5-103: When checking during test
protection part).
These new addresses were added:
Oper/CtrlTest/COMM1
(221 105) C O M M 1 : S e l . p o s . d e v . t e s t – Not assigned
– DEV01 to DEV10
(221 106) C O M M 1 : T e s t p o s i t i o n d e v . – don't execute
– execute open
– execute close
Bug fixing:
twice.

(continued)
Version Changes
(008 065) M A I N : A c t . e n e r g y o u t p . p r i m
0 ... 6.553.500,00 MWh
(008 066) M A I N : A c t . e n e r g y i n p . p r i m
0 ... 6.553.500,00 MWh
(008 067) R e a c t . e n . o u t p . p r i m
0 ... 6.553.500,00 Mvar h
(008 068) R e a c t . e n . i n p . p r i m
0 ... 6.553.500,00 Mvar h
removed.
V<> The setting range for Vneg> and Vneg>> has been extended. New
setting range: 0.02 to 1.5 Vnom/√3 (previously: 0.2 to 1.5 Vnom/√3).
This affects the following parameters:
V<>: Vneg> PSx
V<>: Vneg>> PSx
DEV01 ... User-defined names can now be used as device identifiers. In the
DEV10 parameter D E V x x : D e s i g n a t . e x t . d e v . , the new option Device
Name User is available. Then the text for the device's name, entered by
the user at each of the D E V x x : D E V - N a m e U s e r parameters, will
be used as the device’s designation. (The maximum length is 4
characters, as with the fixed identifiers. Any longer text entered is
truncated to 4 characters internally.)
The following parameters are new:
(218 101) D E V 0 1 : D E V - N a m e U s e r
to
(218 110) D E V 1 0 : D E V - N a m e U s e r
U-6 P139/EN AD/Ab9 // AFSV.12.10360 EN /// P139-308-414/415/416-615

Schneider Electric
FRANCE
Phone: +33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00
Fax: +33 (0) 1 41 29 71 00
Publication: P139/EN AD/Ab9 // AFSV.12.10360 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-615 11/2010
MiCOM P139
P139/EN AD/Ac9
(AFSV.12.10380 D)
Version P139 -308 -414/415/416 -615
=> P139 -308 -414/415/416 -616
In the new version of the P139 several enhanced features and changes on existing fea-
tures have been included. These are described with reference to the Technical Manuals
listed below.
References
Release Version Documentation
AFSV.12.10172 D
01.06.2009 P139-308-414/415/416-615 Upgrade Documentation
AFSV.12.10360 EN
P139/EN AD/Ac9 // AFSV.12.10380 EN /// P139-308-414/415/416-616 U-3

(continued)
1 Overview
Version Changes
Release: 01.06.2009
Diagram No changes
Software Bug fixing:

□ For those data point which allow for setting options dependent on the
fitted modules, slot 18 was visible for 40 TE cases, too, although this
particular slot does not exist for this case size.
LOC Bug fixing:
□ The Detachable HMI could freeze in case of a warm restart with
activated LED reset.
□ During operation with no (D)HMI connected to the device the
processing cycle frequently got prolonged to about 100 ... 150 ms.
□ An external LED reset with a device selected in the control panel
could deactivate the flashing of the selected device on the display.
□ After an external LED reset some characters could be displayed
incorrectly or not at all.
U-4 P139/EN AD/Ac9 // AFSV.12.10380 EN /// P139-308-414/415/416-616

P139/EN AD/Ac9 // AFSV.12.10380 EN /// P139-308-414/415/416-616 U-5
Schneider Electric
FRANCE
Phone: +33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00
Fax: +33 (0) 1 41 29 71 00
Publication: P139/EN AD/Ac9 // AFSV.12.10380 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-616 11/2010
MiCOM P139
P139/EN AD/Bka
(AFSV.12.10511 EN)
Version P139 -308 -414/415/416 -630
=> P139 -309 -414/415/416 -631
P139, Changes in Software Version -630 to -631
Contents
1 Overview U-5
P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614 -720 U-5

P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614 -721 U-5
P139 -308 -414/415/416 -615 U-5
P139 -308 -414/415/416 -616 U-7
P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614 -722/-723 U-7
P139 -309 -414/415/416 -631 U-8
P139/EN AD/Bka // AFSV.12.10511 EN /// P139-309-414/415/416-631 U-3

(continued)
features have been included. These are described with reference to the Technical
Manuals listed below.
References
13.08.2008 P139-307-411/412/413-614 Manual
AFSV.12.10172 D
09.01.2009 P139-308 -411/412/413/414/415/416 -630 Upgrade Documentation
AFSV. 12.10260 D
U-4 P139/EN AD/Bka // AFSV.12.10511 EN /// P139-309-414/415/416-631

(continued)
1 Overview
Version Changes
P139 -307 -411/412/413 Hardware No changes
-614 -720
Release: 03.02.2009 Diagram No changes
Software
LIMIT Bug fixing:

An incorrect operation of Vref>,>>,<,<< has been fixed. The error
occured if loop A-G, B-G or C-G was selected as the measurement loop
in ASC Vref.
IEC Bug fixing:
After 15000 close/open commands, the client aborted communication.
MAIN Bug fixing:
Without external clock synchronization there were leaps in the system
time.
-614 -721
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

Commands are now rejected with signal Command already in
execution, and the position of the circuit breaker contacts is
transmitted correctly to the control system.
P139 -308 -414/415/416 Hardware The following three new binary I/O modules are now available as
-615 ordering options:
Release: 30.04.2009 Bi6Bo6H: Binary module with 6 binary signal inputs and 6 high-power
contacts
Bo4H: Binary module with 4 high-power contacts
Bi6Bo3: Binary module with 6 binary signal inputs and 3 output
relays
Diagram The updated connection diagrams include the wiring configuration for the
P139 -414 (for case 40TE, pin-terminal connection)
P139 -415 (for case 40TE, CT/VT ring-,
all other modules pin-terminal connection)
P139 -416 (for case 84TE, ring-terminal connection)
Software Bug fixing: All parameters belonging to the function group F_KEY (which
is not supported by the P139) were removed from the data model.
(Since the HMI of the P139 does not have any function keys these
parameters were invalid.)

(Fortsetzung)
Version Changes
LOC New parameter for the hold-time of the measured values display.
Range: 1 to 60 seconds.
The default value is Blocked, so that the behavior is backward-
compatible (i.e. the new functionality is deactivated).
Functionality: On the Bay Panel, one can select the previous or next
configured measured value by pressing the “Up” or “Down” key,
respectively. This works exactly like before. The new feature is that
always after the set time the display automatically steps forward to the
next value. If the parameter is set to Blocked, the selected measured
value is always displayed.
Bug fixing:
The password display mode during start-up was not supported.
COMM1 Communications protocol IEC 60870-5-103: When checking during test
protection part).
These new addresses have been added:
Oper/CtrlTest/COMM1
(221 105) C O M M 1 : S e l . p o s . d e v . t e s t – Not assigned
– DEV01 to DEV10
(221 106) C O M M 1 : T e s t p o s i t i o n d e v . – don't execute
– execute open
– execute close
Bug fixing:
twice.
0 ... 6.553.500,00 MWh
0 ... 6.553.500,00 MWh
(008 067) R e a c t . e n . o u t p . p r i m
0 ... 6.553.500,00 Mvar h
(008 068) R e a c t . e n . i n p . p r i m
0 ... 6.553.500,00 Mvar h
removed.

(continued)
Version Changes
V<> The setting range for Vneg> and Vneg>> has been extended. New
setting range: 0.02 to 1.5 Vnom/√3 (previously: 0.2 to 1.5 Vnom/√3).
This affects the following parameters:
V<>: Vneg> PSx
V<>: Vneg>> PSx
DEV01 ... User-defined names can now be used as device identifiers. In the
DEV10 parameter D E V x x : D e s i g n a t . e x t . d e v . , the new option Device
Name User is available. With this selection, the text for the device's
name, entered by the user at each of the D E V x x : D E V - N a m e U s e r
parameters, will be used as the device’s designation. (The maximum
length is 4 characters, as with the fixed identifiers. Longer text entries
are truncated to 4 characters internally.)
(218 101) D E V 0 1 : D E V - N a m e U s e r
to
(218 110) D E V 1 0 : D E V - N a m e U s e r
-616

Software Bug fixing:
□ For those data points where the user can select from setting options
which are dependent on the fitted modules, slot 18 was visible for
40 TE cases, too, although this particular slot does not exist for this
case size.
LOC Bug fixing:
□ The Detachable HMI could freeze in case of a warm restart with
activated LED reset.
□ During operation with no (D)HMI connected to the device the
processing cycle frequently got prolonged to about 100 ... 150 ms.
□ An external LED reset with a device selected in the control panel
could deactivate the flashing of the selected device on the display.
□ After an external LED reset some characters could be displayed
incorrectly or not at all.
-614 -722/-723
Software
IEC Bug fixing:

Contact position is transmitted correctly after a cancel command.
The cause of the “Undefined opcode” message that appeared during a
switch command was resolved.

(Fortsetzung)
Version Changes
P139 -309 -414/415/416 Hardware As a further ordering option the Chinese character set is now available
-631 for the HMI.
Software
LOGIC Increase of the number of logic inputs from 16 to 40.

LOC Recording of motor startups:
During a motor startup, the time taken for the startup, the startup current
and the startup heating can be displayed on the Operation Panel.
Parameters:
OL_DA: T.taken f.startup,MP (005 096)
OL_DA: Start-up current, MP (005 097)
OL_DA: Heat.dur.start-up,MP (005 098)
The names of busbars and BB-sections can now be edited by the user.
One has to select BB-User Name for „Designation busbar #“ or

BB_Sect.User Name for „Designat. bus sect.#“, respectively. Then the
user name is entered as text value of the respective parameter
“Busbar#-NameUser“/“BB Sect.#-NameUser“. The maximum length of 4
characters equals the previously supported fixed names.
Parameters:
LOC: Busbar1-NameUser (218 191)
LOC: Busbar2-NameUser (218 192
LOC: Busbar3-NameUser (218 193)
LOC: BB Sect.1-NameUser (218 195)
LOC: BB Sect.2-NameUser (218 196)
MAIN The phase sequence for the current, given by the active parameter
subset with the setting at
MAIN: Phase reversal I PSx
(010 200, 010 201, 010 202, 010 203),
may be reversed by triggering a binary signal input configured at
MAIN: Phase reversal I EXT (007 248).
To enable the function a phase sequence for normal operation must be
set in the parameter. (Setting selection: A-B swapped, B-C swapped,
C-A swapped.) The default setting is No swap, which disables the
function.
Note:
Designed for motor protection applications with 'left/right' motor rotation
control by phase reversal with parallel circuit breakers (one CB with
phase reversal). Here the voltage is measured on the busbar side and
the current down-stream between CB and motor. Dependent on the
operating mode the current can therefore be measured in phase reversal
to the voltage.

(continued)
Version Changes
DTOC The 'IN Measured' or 'IN Calculated' setting, which was previously
available only globally for all three residual current stages IN>, IN>> and
IN>>> together, can now be set individually for each residual current
stage.
Parameters:
DTOC: Eval. IN>> PSx
(007 239, 007 240, 007 241, 007 242)
DTOC: Eval. IN>>> PSx
(007 243, 007 244, 007 245, 007 246)
The setting parameter previously valid for all three residual current
stages
DTOC: Eval. IN>, >>, >>> PSx
(072 128, 073 128, 074 128, 075 128)
has been renamed to
DTOC: Eval. IN> PSx
and will now only operate with the first residual current stage.
DTOC, Applies to direction-dependent starting / tripping:
IDMT1
The new parameters permit the selection whether the timer stages for
phase or residual current stages are triggered with a starting or direction-
dependent ('With direction'). The default for the parameter is the
previous 'With starting' standard setting.
Parameters:
DTOC: Mode Timer start PSx
(002 138, 002 139, 002 142, 002 143)
IDMT1: Mode Timer start PSx
(007 226, 007 227, 007 228, 007 229)
DTOC, The inrush stabilization has been extended by D T O C : I N > and
IDMT1, IDMT: Iref,N.
IDMT2
DTOC, When a phase starting is present then a subsequent triggering of the
IDMT inrush stabilization is not taken into account anymore.
Note:
When a change from a single-pole fault to a two-phase fault or from a
two-phase fault to a three-phase fault occurred it was possible that,
because of transients during the change, the inrush stabilization was
momentarily triggered which would reset the starting and the timer.
IDMT1 For all IP, Ineg and IN types of characteristics the enable threshold for
the IDMT1 protection starting can now be set with the factor KI (values
range: 1 to 10) dependent on Iref. This factor KI will result in a linear
shifting of the enable threshold along the X-axis of the respective
characteristic. The factor will not result in a shifting of the characteristic
itself.
Parameters:
IDMT1: Factor KI, P PSx
(007 250, 007 251, 007 252, 007 253)
IDMT1: Factor KI, neg PSx
(007 254, 007 255, 008 002, 008 005)
IDMT1: Factor KI, N PSx
(001 173, 001 174, 001 175, 001 176)

(Fortsetzung)
Version Changes
SCDD Enhanced tripping times with short-circuit direction determination.
SCDD Short-circuit direction determination has been extended for the DTOC
stages I>>> and IN>>>.
Parameters:
SCDD: Direction tI>>> PSx
(007 230, 007 231, 007 232, 007 233)
SCDD: Direction tIN>>> PSx
(007 235, 007 236, 007 237, 007 238)
ASC Function ASC now provides a choice as to whether the CB operating
time (tCB), as configured at Function Parameters/Global/MAIN, is to be
taken into account for the precisely synchronized reclosure (AR) or not.
Parameters:
MAIN: tCB, close (000 032); values range: 0.06s to 1s
A S C : A R w i t h t C B P S x (000 038, 000 039, 000 050, 000 051)
FT_RC An additional analog recording channel for the frequency has been
implemented.
Parameter:
FT_RC: Rec. analog chann.10 (035 169)
Default is ‘Without’, optional setting is ‘fnom’.
CBM The correction acquisition time can now be set separately to be triggered
by the open command and by the position signal issued by the CB
auxiliary contacts.
Differing inherent delay times from the two command chains can now be
configured independently of each other so as to achieve optimum time
adjustment.
Parameter:
CBM: C o r r . a c q u i . t i m e t r i p (007 249) values range: 0 to 0.2s
The previous common selection parameter
C B M : C o r r . a c q u i s . t i m e (022 018) values range: (-0.2s to 0.2s)
has been renamed to
L S Ü : C o r r . a c q u . t . C B s i g . and is now only a correction
acquisition time value affecting the position signal issued by the CB
auxiliary contacts
SFMON The S F M O N : T G F D m o n . t r i g g e r e d signal is now no longer
permanently listed in the alarm signal list.
Depending on the application this signal can now be configured using
parameter
(021 030) S F M O N : F c t . a s s i g n . w a r n i n g

(continued)
Version Changes
DEVxx User-defined names can now be used as device identifiers. In the
parameter D E V x x : D e s i g n a t . e x t . d e v . , the new option Device
Name User is available. Then the text for the device's name, entered by
the user at each of the D E V x x : D E V - N a m e U s e r parameters, will
be used as the device’s designation. (The maximum length is 4
characters, as with the fixed identifiers. Longer text entries are truncated
to 4 characters internally.)
(218 101) D E V 0 1 : D E V - N a m e U s e r
to
(218 110) D E V 1 0 : D E V - N a m e U s e r
V<> The minimum value for the parameters below was changed from 0.2 to
0.02:
V<>: Vneg> PSx (076 023, 077 023, 078 023, 079 023)
V<>: Vneg>> PSx (076 024, 077 024, 078 024, 079 024)
Change of label text for the reference voltage (separate input) from
“Vnom” to “Vref,nom”.
MAIN The values range for the 3 power measured values has been expanded:
(005 025) M A I N : A p p a r . p o w e r S p r i m .
-3,199.9 – 3,200 MVA
(004 050) M A I N : A c t i v e p o w e r P p r i m .
-3,199.9 – 3,200 MW
(004 052) M A I N : R e a c . p o w e r Q p r i m .
-3,199.9 – 3,200 Mvar
MP In case of parameter switching (e.g. via LIMIT) the number of permitted
motor startups (3/2 – 2/1) is now correctly detected. The thermal replica,
however, is lost in this case.
BTC Bug fixing:

The contact position is now shown correctly for 3pos circuit breakers.
IEC Bug fixing:
• Comtrade in ASCII-format; fault selection in IEC 61850 did
not work correctly.
• The first configured element was not transmitted in GOOSE.

Schneider Electric
FRANCE
Phone: +33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00
Fax: +33 (0) 1 41 29 71 00
Publication: P139/EN AD/Bka // AFSV.12.10511 EN /// P139-309-414/415/416-631 11/2010
MiCOM P139
P139/EN AD/Ad9
(AFSV.12.10570 D)
Version P139 -308 -414/415/416 -616
=> P139 -308 -414/415/416 -617 -727
P139, Changes in software version -616 to -617-727
References
P139/EN M/Ea8
(AFSV.12.10172 D)
P139/EN AD/Ab9
(AFSV.12.10360 D)
P139/EN AD/Ac9
(AFSV.12.10380 D)
Note: The software versions P139-61x described in this documentation constitute a

product line that was developed independent to versions P139-63x and is therefore
documented separately. (The main difference is that the device versions with software
versions P139-63x feature the “phase 2” implementation of function group IEC whereas
software versions P139-61x continue with the “phase 1” implementation.)
P139/EN AD/Ad9 // AFSV.12.10570 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-617-727 U-3

(continued)
1 Overview
Version Changes
P139-308-414/415/416-616 Hardware No change
-724
Release: 05.02.2010 Diagram No change
Software
IEC Bug fixing:
After an abort command with a wrong frame format the state of
external devices was no longer transmitted.
The cause for the signal “Undefined opcode” during rapid successive
switching commands has been fixed.
During a warm restart incorrect date and time data (initialization
values) were transmitted for a short time.
MP When switching between parameter subsets (e.g. via LIMIT) the number
of permitted motor startups (3/2 – 2/1) is now determined accurately
However the thermal replica is lost in this case.
ARC The ARC counter is reset with a supply voltage drop.
U-4 P139/EN AD/Ad9 // AFSV.12.10570 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-617-727

(continued)
Version Changes

Software
MAIN In the case of direct motor control by motor relay K200 (see Figure 5-14
in the Technical Manual P139 -614) monitoring has been modified.
Should the K200 contacts not have reopened during an end command to
the motor when the set monitoring time-delay had expired (monitoring via
binary signal input –U 706, signal S I G _ 1 : S i g n a l S 0 1 2 E X T as
the standard setting) then, with previous P139 software versions, the
relay control contacts would open. This reaction by the P139 (the
previous permanent feature) would result in an end command being
issued to the motor and thereby preventing an undefined circuit breaker
contact position, however such would bear the danger of contact burn.
By setting the new selection parameter (221 111)
M A I N : C m d . e n d f . K 2 0 0 f a i l . it is now possible to select whether
the previous reaction (setting = 'Yes') or a new behavior (setting = 'No') is
effected.
This new implementation has the P139 issue respective fault signals
when the monitoring time-delay has expired and the relay control
contacts will remain closed. (Note: This new feature still bears the
danger of an undefined circuit breaker contact position!)
For this the following new logic state signals have been added:
(221 108) M A I N : K 2 0 0 f a i l . c m d . e n d - This signal is issued if
the K200 contacts have not reopened after the set monitoring time-delay
has elapsed.
(221 109) M A I N : K 2 0 0 f a i l . c m d . start - This signal is issued if the
K200 contacts have not closed after the set monitoring time-delay has
elapsed.
(221 110) M A I N : D E V o p . t i m e e x c e e d e d - This fault signal is
issued (as a group signal) when no positive position signal (status signal)
has been received from the external device after it has been issued a
close command and the set running time-delay has elapsed.
For further processing each of these new fault signals may be configured
to selection parameters from the function groups LED (assignment to
LED indicators), OUTP (assignment to output relays), LOGIC
(processing by the programmable logic function), COMMx / IEC /
GOOSE (signaling via the control system) or they may be mapped to the
signal panel as an alarm signal. Acknowledging from the local control
panel HMI is done by pressing the CLEAR (C) key.
P139/EN AD/Ad9 // AFSV.12.10570 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-617-727 U-5

(continued)
Version Changes
MAIN The four 16 bit energy measured values, that existed up to (and
including) software version P139 -614 to be replaced by 32 bit energy
measured values with software version P139 -615, have been re-
introduced, so that as of now, both the 16-bit and 32-bit values are
available.
(005 063) M A I N : R e a c t . e n . o u t p . p r i m
(005 064) M A I N : R e a c t . e n . i n p . p r i m
LOC Freely selectable designations (similar to user defined external device
designations implemented with P139 -615) may now be assigned to
busbars and busbar sections. The designation wanted may be defined
as open text at:
(218 191) L O C : B u s b a r 1 N a m e b y U s e r
(218 195) L O C : B B S e c t . 1 N a m e U s e r
(218 196) L O C : B B S e c t . 2 N a m e U s e r
Bug fixing:
The display Local/Remote in fields with the three position switches was
sometimes incorrect.
-725
Software
IEC Bug fixing:
values) was transmitted for a short time.
It could occur sometimes that when the Ethernet switch was turned
on the Ethernet communication would not set in.
-727
Software
LOC Bug fixing:
When the ENTER key was pressed immediately after a cold restart
incorrect symbols could appear below the menu text on the display.
IEC Bug fixing:

It could occur sometimes that when the Ethernet switch was turned
on the Ethernet communication would not set in.
Switching between parameter subsets could sometimes lead to an
interruption of communications.
U-6 P139/EN AD/Ad9 // AFSV.12.10570 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-617-727

(continued)
P139/EN AD/Ad9 // AFSV.12.10570 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-617-727 U-7

Schneider Electric
FRANCE
Phone: +33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00
Fax: +33 (0) 1 41 29 71 00
Publication: P139/EN AD/Ad9 // AFSV.12.10570 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-617 11/2010
MiCOM P139
P139/EN AD/Ama
(AFSV.12.10580 D)
Version P139 -309 -414/415/416 -631
=> P139 -309 -414/415/416 -632
P139, Changes in software version -631 to -632
References
13.08.2008 P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614 Technical Manual
P139/EN M/Ea8
(AFSV.12.10172 D)
09.01.2009 P139 -308 -414/415/416 -630 Upgrade Documentation
P139/EN AD/Ak9
(AFSV.12.10260 D)
P139/EN AD/Bka
(AFSV.12.10511 D)
Note: The software versions P139-61x constitute a product line that was developed
independent to versions described in this documentation and is therefore documented
separately. (The main difference is that the device versions with software versions
P139-63x feature the “phase 2” implementation of function group IEC whereas software
versions P139-61x continue with the “phase 1” implementation.)
P139/EN AD/Ama // AFSV.12.10580 D /// P139-309-414/415/416-632 U-3

(continued)
1 Overview
Version Changes
-726
Release: 28.04.2010
Diagram No change
Software
IEC Bug fixing:
Measured values were not always updated in GOOSE messages.
The position of switchgear units (XSWI,XCBR) was transmitted by
GOOSE with the attribute ‘invalid’.
CBF Bug fixing:
The associated signal C B F : C u r r e n t f l o w P h x would sometimes
jitter during an open command.
Release: 24.08.2010
Diagram No change
Software
IEC Bug fixing:
The IEC 61850 signal RBRF1 OpEx was not detected correctly.
MAIN The four 16-bit energy measured values, that existed up to (and
including) software version P139 -614 and that were to be replaced by
32-bit energy measured values with software version -630 (or -615),
have been re-introduced, so that as of now, both the 16-bit and 32-bit
values are available.
(005 063) M A I N : R e a c t . e n . o u t p . p r i m
(005 064) M A I N : R e a c t . e n . i n p . p r i m
U-4 P139/EN AD/Ama // AFSV.12.10580 D /// P139-309-414/415/416-632

(continued)
Version Changes
LOC The descriptive text in English for the following parameters has been
changed:
(218 192) L O C : B u s b a r 2 - N a m e U s e r
Engl.: L O C : B u s b a r 2 N a m e b y U s e r
(218 193) L O C : B u s b a r 3 - N a m e U s e r
Engl.: L O C : B u s b a r 3 N a m e b y U s e r
The previous English descriptive texts -
L O C : B u s b a r # - N a m e U s e r , # = 2,3 – differed from those used for
L O C : B u s b a r 1 N a m e b y U s e r which made harmonization
necessary. The German descriptive texts and their functionality remain
unchanged.
Bug fixing:
□ In case of a cold restart incorrect symbols could appear for a
short time on the display.
□ The display Local/Remote in fields with the three position
switches was sometimes incorrect.
SCDD Bug fixing:
In operating mode S C D D : V N G > P S x = 'Measured', the enabling
threshold was not considered correctly.
-728
Software
IEC Bug fixing:
During a warm/cold restart incorrect position signals for external
devices could be transmitted up to the time when the respective
correct positions had been determined and transmitted.
Single-pole commands were rejected with the 'R & L <-> L' operating
mode .
P139/EN AD/Ama // AFSV.12.10580 D /// P139-309-414/415/416-632 U-5

Schneider Electric
FRANCE
Phone: +33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00
Fax: +33 (0) 1 41 29 71 00
Publication: P139/EN AD/Ama // AFSV.12.10580 D /// P139-309-414/415/416-632 11/2010
MiCOM P139
Feeder Management and Bay Control Unit
P139/EN AD/Ae9
(AFSV.12.10900 D)
Version P139 -308 -414/415/416 -617 -727

⇒ P139 -308 -414/415/416 -618
P139, Changes in software version -617-727 to -618
In the new versions of the Feeder Management and Bay Control Unit MiCOM P139,
several enhanced features and changes on existing features have been included.
These are described with reference to the documentation listed below:
References
P139/EN M/Ea8
(AFSV.12.10172 D)
P139/EN AD/Ab9
(AFSV.12.10360 D)
P139/EN AD/Ac9
(AFSV.12.10380 D)
20.08.2010 P139-308-414/415/416-617-727 Upgrade Documentation
P139/EN AD/Ad9
(AFSV.12.10570 D)
independent to versions P139-63x. (The main difference is that the device versions
with software versions P139-63x feature the “phase 2” implementation of function
group IEC whereas software versions P139-61x continue with the “phase 1”
implementation.)
P139/EN AD/Ae9 // AFSV.12.10900 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-618 3

(continued)
1 Overview
Version Changes
P139 -308 Hardware New Schneider-Electric design for the local control panel (HMI).
-414/415/416
-618 Diagram No change
Release: 07.02.2011 Software
PC The following menu point has been removed:
P C : N a m e o f m a n u f a c t u r e r (003 183)
Note:
Compatibility even with older versions of the operating program
continues to be guaranteed.
COMM1 The data point C O M M 1 : - 1 0 3 p r o t . v a r i a n t (003 178) may now
be used to select between the 103 protocol variants Private and
Compatible.
The protocol variant Compatible corresponds to the VDEW
implementation.
Note:
As before this setting is hidden unless an IEC 60870-5 protocol is
enabled.
COMM1 The data point C O M M 1 : M O D B U S p r o t . v a r i a n t (003 214) may
now be used to select between the MODBUS protocol variants Private
and Compatible.
The protocol variant Compatible corresponds to the MODBUS
implementation in the MiCOM Px20 and Px40 protection devices.
The protocol variant Private corresponds to the first implementation of
the MODBUS protocol.
Note:
As before this setting is hidden unless the MODBUS protocol is enabled.
COMM1, The menu points C O M M 1 : N a m e o f m a n u f a c t u r e r (003 161)
COMM2 and C O M M 2 : N a m e o f m a n u f a c t u r e r (103 161) can no longer
be set by using a selection list but, for reasons of compatibility, they may
now be defined as free text. The default is SE but, in individual cases, it
may become necessary to enter texts differing from the default.
Notes:
These parameters can only be set using the operating program and it is
not possible to set them locally using the integrated local control panel
(HMI).
The maximum text length is 8 characters and designations exceeding
this will be truncated.
The parameter C O M M 1 : N a m e o f m a n u f a c t u r e r is hidden
unless an IEC 60870-5 protocol is enabled.
COMM1 Bug fixing:
□ Measured energy values were not transmitted by the MODBUS
protocol.
IEC Bug fixing:
□ Single-pole commands were rejected by the IEC 61850 server
when the control point in the device is set to 'R & L' (local and
remote control) operating mode.
□ Time initialization problems with IEC 61850.
4 P139/EN AD/Ae9 // AFSV.12.10900 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-618

(continued)
Version Changes
DTOC Bug fixing:
The setting options 'Measured' and 'Calculated' for the following
parameters were operational only when these parameters were set
differently from each other:
(072 128) DTOC: Eval. IN>
(007 239) DTOC: Eval. IN>>
(007 243) DTOC: Eval. IN>>>
MCMON Setting menu point (017 023) M C M O N : O p e r a t e d e l a y = Blocked
is now supported.
Enhanced accuracy with monitoring of Vmin<.
Bug fixing:
□ Monitoring of Vmin< was stopped by
(040 000) M A I N : G e n e r a l s t a r t i n g .
I2> The analog input threshold level has been changed from 0.1 Inom to
0.01 Inom (see Fig. 3-226 in the Technical Manual P139 -614).
P139/EN AD/Ae9 // AFSV.12.10900 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-618 5

Schneider Electric
FRANCE
Phone: +33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00
Fax: +33 (0) 1 41 29 71 00
Publication: P139/EN AD/Ae9 // AFSV.12.10900 D /// P139-308-414/415/416-618 05/2011
MiCOM P139
Feeder Management and Bay Control Unit
P139/EN AD/Ana
(AFSV.12.10910 D)
Version P139 -309 -414/415/416 -632

⇒ P139 -309 -414/415/416 -633
In the new versions of the Feeder Management and Bay Control Unit MiCOM P139,
several enhanced features and changes on existing features have been included.
These are described with reference to the documentation listed below:
References
13.08.2008 P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614 Technical Manual
P139/EN M/Ea8
(AFSV.12.10172 D)
(AFSV.12.10260 D)
P139/EN AD/Bka
(AFSV.12.10511 D)
P139/EN AD/Ama
(AFSV.12.10580 D)
independent to versions P139-63x. (The main difference is that the device versions
with software versions P139-63x feature the “phase 2” implementation of function
group IEC whereas software versions P139-61x continue with the “phase 1”
implementation.)
P139/EN AD/Ana // AFSV.12.10910 D /// P139-309-414/415/416-633 3

(continued)
1 Overview
Version Changes
P139 -309 Hardware New Schneider-Electric design for the local control panel (HMI).
-414/415/416
-633 Diagram No change
Release: 07.02.2011 Software
PC The following menu point has been removed:
N a m e o f m a n u f a c t u r e r (003 183)
Note:
Compatibility even with older versions of the operating program
continues to be guaranteed.
COMM1 The data point C O M M 1 : - 1 0 3 p r o t . v a r i a n t (003 178) may now
be used to select between the 103 protocol variants Private and
Compatible.
The protocol variant Compatible corresponds to the VDEW
implementation.
Note:
As before this setting is hidden unless an IEC 60870-5 protocol is
enabled.
COMM1 The data point C O M M 1 : M O D B U S p r o t . v a r i a n t (003 214) may
now be used to select between the MODBUS protocol variants Private
and Compatible.
The protocol variant Compatible corresponds to the MODBUS
implementation in the MiCOM Px20 and Px40 protection devices.
The protocol variant Private corresponds to the first implementation of
the MODBUS protocol.
Note:
As before this setting is hidden unless the MODBUS protocol is enabled.
COMM1, The menu points C O M M 1 : N a m e o f m a n u f a c t u r e r (003 161)
COMM2 and C O M M 2 : N a m e o f m a n u f a c t u r e r (103 161) can no longer
be set by using a selection list but, for reasons of compatibility, they may
now be defined as free text. The default is SE but, in individual cases, it
may become necessary to enter texts differing from the default.
Notes:
These parameters can only be set using the operating program and it is
not possible to set them locally using the integrated local control panel
(HMI).
The maximum text length is 8 characters and designations exceeding
this will be truncated.
The parameter C O M M 1 : N a m e o f m a n u f a c t u r e r is hidden
unless an IEC 60870-5 protocol is enabled.
COMM1 Bug fixing:
□ Measured energy values were not transmitted by the MODBUS
protocol.
IEC Bug fixing:
□ Single-pole commands were rejected by the IEC 61850 server
when the control point in the device is set to 'R & L' (local and
remote control) operating mode.
□ Time initialization problems with IEC 61850.
□ Underfrequency protection signals were not transmitted.
4 P139/EN AD/Ana // AFSV.12.10910 D /// P139-309-414/415/416-633

(continued)
Version Changes
GOOSE Bug fixing:
□ Measured values were not always updated in GOOSE
messages.
□ Contact positions from switchgear units (XSWI, XCBR) were
transmitted by GOOSE with the attribute "invalid".
DTOC Bug fixing:
The setting options 'Measured' and 'Calculated' for the following
parameters were operational only when these parameters were set
differently from each other:
(072 128) DTOC: Eval. IN>
(007 239) DTOC: Eval. IN>>
(007 243) DTOC: Eval. IN>>>
MCMON Setting menu point (017 023) M C M O N : O p e r a t e d e l a y = Blocked
is now supported.
Enhanced accuracy with monitoring of Vmin<.
Bug fixing:
□ Monitoring of Vmin< was stopped by
(040 000) M A I N : G e n e r a l s t a r t i n g .
□ The value set for menu point
(014 012) M C M O N : O p e r . D e l a y F F , V r e f was ignored
(e.g. the "Fuse Failure” monitoring function of the reference
voltage was triggered without delay).
P139/EN AD/Ana // AFSV.12.10910 D /// P139-309-414/415/416-633 5

Schneider Electric
FRANCE
Phone: +33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00
Fax: +33 (0) 1 41 29 71 00
Publication: P139/EN AD/Ana // AFSV.12.10600 D /// P139-309-414/415/416-633 05/2011
Schneider Electric
FRANCE
Phone: +33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00
Fax: +33 (0) 1 41 29 71 00
Publication: P139/EN M/Ana Version: -614 -630 -615 -616 -631 -617 -632 -618 -633, Vol. 2 06/2011

Micom P139technical Manual 2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Micom P139technical Manual 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MiCOM P139

Feeder Management and Bay Control

Version P139 -307 -411/412/413 -614

Content P139/EN M/Ea8 (-614)

Feeder Management and Bay Control

C List of Bay Types

Terminal Connection Diagrams: See Volume 1, Chapter 5 “Installation and Connection”.

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 AN-1

B List of Signals B-1

C List of Bay Types C-1

AN-2 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 A-1

A-2 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

To obtain more space for representing a group of

There is no functional linkage between elements whose

There exists at least one logical link between elements

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 A-3

Settable control block

Settable control block with function blocks

A-4 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Dynamic input with negation

The number in the symbol may be replaced by any

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 A-5

t1 and t2 may be replaced by the actual delay values

Without a 1 in the function block the monostable flip-

The time is 100 ms in this example, but it may be

Schmitt Trigger with binary output signal

A-6 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

The ! to the left of the G indicates that the pulse

Band pass filter

Signal level converter

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 A-7

Phase identifiers for current inputs:

Phase identifiers for voltage inputs

Item identifiers for current transformers:

A-8 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 A-9

A4 Examples of Signal Names

Signal Name Description

A-10 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

V Voltage, potential difference

Z Modulus of complex impedance

Ω Unit of electrical resistance

ϕ Phase angle. With subscripts: specific angle between a

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 A-11

B 1 Internal Signal Names

Internal signal names are not coded by an external address.

Internal Signal Names Figure

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-1

Internal Signal Names Figure

B-2 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Internal Signal Names Figure

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-3

Internal Signal Names Figure

B-4 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614

Internal Signal Names Figure

P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614 B-5

B2 Telecontrol Interface per EN 60870-5-101 or IEC 870-5-101 (Companion Standard)

The boxes for the selected parameters should be checked. 1

B 2.1.1 Network Configuration (Network-Specific Parameters)

x Point-to-point configuration x Multipoint-party line configuration

x Multiple point-to-point configuration Multipoint-star configuration

B-6 P139/EN M/Aa8 // AFSV.12.10170 D /// P139-307-411/412/413-614